Rohde & Schwarz SMBV100A Operating Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Rohde & Schwarz Manuals
  4. Portable Generator
  5. SMBV100A
  6. Operating manual

Rohde & Schwarz SMBV100A Operating Manual

Vector signal generator
Hide thumbs Also See for SMBV100A:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual See also: Manual
®
R&S
SMBV100A
Vector Signal Generator
Operating Manual
(;ÚÞ@2)
1176.8016.02 ─ 17

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the SMBV100A and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Related Manuals for Rohde & Schwarz SMBV100A

Summary of Contents for Rohde & Schwarz SMBV100A

  • Page 1 ® R&S SMBV100A Vector Signal Generator Operating Manual (;ÚÞ@2) 1176.8016.02 ─ 17...
  • Page 2 ® This document describes the R&S SMBV100A, stock no. 1407.6004K02 and its options. ● ® R&S SMBV-B1 ● ® R&S SMBV-B10/-B10F ● ® R&S SMBV-B51 ● R&S ® SMBV-B90 ● ® R&S SMBV-B92 ● ® R&S SMBV-B103/-B106 ● R&S ®...
  • Page 3 Basic Safety Instructions Always read through and comply with the following safety instructions! All plants and locations of the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies make every effort to keep the safety standards of our products up to date and to offer our customers the highest possible degree of safety. Our products and the auxiliary equipment they require are designed, built and tested in accordance with the safety standards that apply in each case.
  • Page 4 Basic Safety Instructions Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Caution ! Hot surface Alternating current (AC) Protective conductor terminal Direct/alternating current (DC/AC) To identify any terminal which is intended for connection to an external conductor for protection against electric shock in case of a fault, or the terminal of a protective earth Earth (Ground) Class II Equipment...
  • Page 5 Basic Safety Instructions Operating states and operating positions The product may be operated only under the operating conditions and in the positions specified by the manufacturer, without the product's ventilation being obstructed. If the manufacturer's specifications are not observed, this can result in electric shock, fire and/or serious personal injury or death. Applicable local or national safety regulations and rules for the prevention of accidents must be observed in all work performed.
  • Page 6 Basic Safety Instructions 6. The product may be operated only from TN/TT supply networks fuse-protected with max. 16 A (higher fuse only after consulting with the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies). 7. Do not insert the plug into sockets that are dusty or dirty. Insert the plug firmly and all the way into the socket provided for this purpose.
  • Page 7 Basic Safety Instructions 2. Before you move or transport the product, read and observe the section titled "Transport". 3. As with all industrially manufactured goods, the use of substances that induce an allergic reaction (allergens) such as nickel cannot be generally excluded. If you develop an allergic reaction (such as a skin rash, frequent sneezing, red eyes or respiratory difficulties) when using a Rohde &...
  • Page 8 Basic Safety Instructions 2. Adjustments, replacement of parts, maintenance and repair may be performed only by electrical experts authorized by Rohde & Schwarz. Only original parts may be used for replacing parts relevant to safety (e.g. power switches, power transformers, fuses). A safety test must always be performed after parts relevant to safety have been replaced (visual inspection, protective conductor test, insulation resistance measurement, leakage current measurement, functional test).
  • Page 9 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales 3. If you use the product in a vehicle, it is the sole responsibility of the driver to drive the vehicle safely and properly. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for accidents or collisions. Never use the product in a moving vehicle if doing so could distract the driver of the vehicle.
  • Page 10 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales Además queda en la responsabilidad del usuario utilizar el producto en la forma debida. Este producto está destinado exclusivamente al uso en la industria y el laboratorio o, si ha sido expresamente autorizado, para aplicaciones de campo y de ninguna manera deberá ser utilizado de modo que alguna persona/cosa pueda sufrir daño.
  • Page 11 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales Símbolo Significado Símbolo Significado Conexión a tierra El aparato está protegido en su totalidad por un aislamiento doble (reforzado) Conexión a masa Distintivo de la UE para baterías y acumuladores Más información en la sección "Eliminación/protección del medio ambiente", punto 1.
  • Page 12 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales Estados operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento El producto solamente debe ser utilizado según lo indicado por el fabricante respecto a los estados operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento sin que se obstruya la ventilación. Si no se siguen las indicaciones del fabricante, pueden producirse choques eléctricos, incendios y/o lesiones graves con posible consecuencia de muerte.
  • Page 13 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales integran productos sin interruptor en bastidores o instalaciones, se deberá colocar el interruptor en el nivel de la instalación. 5. No utilice nunca el producto si está dañado el cable de conexión a red. Compruebe regularmente el correcto estado de los cables de conexión a red.
  • Page 14 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales 17. No utilice el producto en condiciones en las que pueda producirse o ya se hayan producido condensaciones sobre el producto o en el interior de éste, como p. ej. al desplazarlo de un lugar frío a otro caliente.
  • Page 15 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales pueden causar perturbaciones radioeléctricas en entornos residenciales debido a posibles perturbaciones guiadas o radiadas. En este caso, se le podrá solicitar al operador que tome las medidas adecuadas para eliminar estas perturbaciones.  Aparato de clase B: Aparato adecuado para su uso en entornos residenciales, así...
  • Page 16 Instrucciones de seguridad elementales 8. En caso de devolver baterías de litio a las filiales de Rohde & Schwarz, debe cumplirse las normativas sobre los modos de transporte (IATA-DGR, código IMDG, ADR, RID). Transporte 1. El producto puede tener un peso elevado. Por eso es necesario desplazarlo o transportarlo con precaución y, si es necesario, usando un sistema de elevación adecuado (p.

  • Page 17: Customer Support

    Customer Support Technical support – where and when you need it For quick, expert help with any Rohde & Schwarz equipment, contact one of our Customer Support Centers. A team of highly qualified engineers provides telephone support and will work with you to find a solution to your query on any aspect of the operation, programming or applications of Rohde &...

  • Page 18: Table Of Contents

    ® Contents R&S SMBV100A Contents 1 Preface....................17 For Your Safety......................17 Documentation Overview................... 17 1.2.1 Quick Start Guide Manual..................... 17 1.2.2 Operating Manual and Help..................17 1.2.3 Service Manual......................18 1.2.4 Instrument Security Procedures..................18 1.2.5 Basic Safety Instructions....................18 1.2.6 Data Sheets and Brochures..................

  • Page 19: Sensor Assignment Read And Iniate; Range: [1] To

    ® Contents R&S SMBV100A 2.3.5.1 Standby and Ready state....................37 2.3.5.2 Start Display and Booting....................37 2.3.5.3 Function Check......................37 2.3.5.4 Default Settings......................38 2.3.6 Shutting Down the Instrument..................39 2.3.7 Power Fuses......................... 40 Connecting External Accessories................40 2.4.1 Connecting USB Devices....................40 Linux Operating System.....................41 Setting Up a Network (LAN) Connection..............43...
  • Page 20 ® Contents R&S SMBV100A Display......................... 81 4.2.1 Settings Displayed in the Header Section..............82 4.2.2 Status Information and Messages.................83 4.2.2.1 Status Information......................83 4.2.2.2 Messages........................83 4.2.2.3 Volatile messages......................83 4.2.2.4 Permanent Messages....................84 4.2.3 Info Window........................84 4.2.4 Block Diagram ......................85 4.2.4.1...
  • Page 21 ® Contents R&S SMBV100A Legend of Front-Panel Controls................112 4.8.1 Front Panel Key Emulation..................113 5 Instrument Function................115 Overview of Instrument Functions................115 General Instrument Settings..................118 5.2.1 Overview of General Instrument Settings..............118 5.2.2 Default Instrument Settings - Preset Key..............118 5.2.3...
  • Page 22 ® Contents R&S SMBV100A 5.2.6 Messages - Info Key....................158 5.2.7 Help System - Help Key....................158 5.2.8 Storing and Loading Instrument Data - File Key............159 5.2.8.1 Save/Recall Menu....................... 160 5.2.8.2 Saving Instrument Settings..................161 5.2.8.3 Loading Instrument Settings..................162 5.2.8.4...
  • Page 23 ® Contents R&S SMBV100A 5.4.10.2 Configuration Settings....................191 5.4.11 Block Error Rate Settings....................196 5.4.11.1 General Settings......................196 5.4.11.2 Configuration Settings....................199 5.4.12 Connector Settings......................201 5.4.13 Test Generator......................202 5.4.13.1 Test Generator Setup....................203 5.4.13.2 Test Generator Settings....................204 5.4.13.3 BER/BLER Functionality Test..................206 RF Block........................207...
  • Page 24 ® Contents R&S SMBV100A 5.5.8 NRP-Z Level Control....................228 5.5.8.1 NRP-Z Level Control Settings..................230 5.5.9 User Correction......................232 5.5.9.1 User Correction Menu....................233 5.5.9.2 Filling the Correction List automatically...............237 5.5.9.3 Filling the Correction List with Power Sensor Measurement Data......238 5.5.10...
  • Page 25 ® Contents R&S SMBV100A 5.7.1 Impairments........................ 303 5.7.1.1 Gain and Gain Imbalance................... 303 5.7.1.2 I and Q Offset......................304 5.7.1.3 Quadrature Offset....................... 305 5.7.1.4 Impairment Settings Menu..................305 5.7.2 AWGN - Noise Generator................... 308 5.7.2.1 AWGN Settings Dialog....................309 5.7.3 Output of the Baseband Signal - I/Q Out..............315 5.7.3.1...
  • Page 26 ® Contents R&S SMBV100A 5.9.3.6 Custom Digital Mod User Interface................350 5.9.4 Arbitrary Waveform Generator ARB................379 5.9.4.1 Introduction......................... 379 5.9.4.2 ARB User Interface..................... 384 5.9.4.3 Multi Segment Waveforms..................407 5.9.4.4 Multi Carrier Waveforms..................... 423 5.9.5 Multi Carrier Continuous Wave................... 436 5.9.5.1...
  • Page 27 ® Contents R&S SMBV100A 6.2.3.2 Remote Control over LAN using VXI-11 Protocol............471 6.2.3.3 Remote Control over LAN using Socket Communication........... 476 SCPI Command Structure..................483 6.3.1 Syntax for Common Commands................. 484 6.3.2 Syntax for Device-Specific Commands...............484 6.3.2.1 Long and short form....................485 6.3.2.2...
  • Page 28 ® Contents R&S SMBV100A General Programming Recommendations............. 502 7 Remote Control Commands..............504 Conventions used in SCPI Command Descriptions..........504 Common Commands....................505 Preset Commands.....................509 Waveform and List Format..................511 7.4.1 Tag Description......................511 7.4.2 How to Define Periodically Repeating Traces.............524 7.4.3 How to Manually Create a Waveform Using Tag File Format........526...
  • Page 29 ® Contents R&S SMBV100A 7.16.3.4 SOURce:BB:GRAPhics Subsystem................686 7.16.3.5 SOURce:BB:IMPairment Subsystem................689 7.16.3.6 SOURce:BB:MCCW Subsystem.................692 7.16.3.7 SOURce:BB:PROGress Subsystem General Commands..........715 7.16.4 SOURce:BBIN Subsystem..................716 7.16.5 SOURce:CORRection Subsystem................722 7.16.6 SOURce:FM Subsystem..................... 731 7.16.7 SOURce:FREQuency Subsystem................734 7.16.8 SOURce:INPut Subsystem..................742 7.16.9 SOURce:IQ Subsystem....................746 7.16.10...
  • Page 30 ® Contents R&S SMBV100A 9.1.1 Status information displayed between the frequency and level fields......852 9.1.2 Status information displayed to the left of the Info line..........854 9.1.3 Status information displayed in the Info line..............854 Error Messages......................855 9.2.1 Volatile messages....................... 856 9.2.2...
  • Page 31 ® Contents R&S SMBV100A Operating Manual 1176.8016.02 ─ 17...

  • Page 32: Preface

    ® Preface R&S SMBV100A Documentation Overview 1 Preface 1.1 For Your Safety The R&S SMBV is designated for the development, production and verification of elec- tronic components and devices in industrial and laboratory environments. Use the R&S SMBV only for its designated purpose. Observe the operating conditions and per- formance limits stated in the data sheet.

  • Page 33: Service Manual

    ® Preface R&S SMBV100A Documentation Overview Contains the description of all instrument modes and functions. It also provides an introduction to remote control, a complete description of the remote control com- mands with programming examples, and information on maintenance, instrument interfaces and error messages.

  • Page 34: Release Notes And Open Source Acknowledgment (Osa)

    1.2.8 Application Notes, Application Cards, White Papers, etc. These documents deal with special applications or background information on particu- lar topics. See www.rohde-schwarz.com/application/smbv100a. 1.3 Notes on Screenshots When describing the functions of the product, we use sample screenshots. These screenshots are meant to illustrate as much as possible of the provided functions and possible interdependencies between parameters.

  • Page 35: Preparing For Use

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Front Panel Tour 2 Preparing for Use The following topics help you to get familiar with the instrument and perform the first steps: ● Front Panel Tour ● Rear Panel Tour ● Putting into Operation This section explains the control elements and connectors of the Signal Generator R&S SMBV with the aid of the front and rear views and describes how to put the instru-...

  • Page 36: Utility Keys

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Front Panel Tour Figure 2-1: Front panel view 2.1.1 Utility Keys The keys to the left of the display cause the R&S SMBV to return to a definite instru- ment state and provide information on the instrument and assistance.

  • Page 37: Standby Leds And Standby Key

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Front Panel Tour INFO Displays status messages, error messages and warnings. HELP Displays context-sensitive help text. 2.1.2 Standby LEDs and Standby Key The standby LEDs and the ON/STANDBY key are located in the bottom left corner of the front panel.
  • Page 38 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Front Panel Tour The display of the latest R&S SMBV Vector Signal Generators appears in slightly dif- ferent colors, since these instruments are equipped with a new base board version. The functionality does not change. Therefore, images in this manual show the block diagram as before.

  • Page 39: Setup Keys

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Front Panel Tour For detailed information, see Chapter 4.2, "Display", on page 81. 2.1.4 Setup Keys The keys to the right of the display set parameters, select views and control the win- dows. 2.1.4.1...

  • Page 40: Display Keys

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Front Panel Tour 2.1.4.2 Display Keys The keys on top of the rotary knob and the keys below the numeric key pad arrange different windows on the display. DIAGRAM Brings the block diagram to the foreground. Active menus are minimized.

  • Page 41: Keypad For Data Entry

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Front Panel Tour WINBAR Toggles between the active menus. 2.1.5 Keypad for data entry The keys in the data entry keypad are used to enter alphanumeric data and units. Data entry keys are only enabled while the cursor is placed on a data input field in a dialog.

  • Page 42: Rotary Knob And Navigation Keys

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Front Panel Tour ENTER Pressing the rotary knob has the same effect. ● Concludes the entry of dimensionless entries. For other entries, this key can be used instead of the default unit key. The new value is accepted.

  • Page 43: Rear Panel Tour

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Rear Panel Tour I , Q I and Q inputs for the external analog modulation signal in case of I/Q modulation. For more information see: ● chapter "Data and Signal Sources in Baseband" in the Operating Manual RF OUTPUT Outputs for the RF signal.

  • Page 44: Description Of The Connectors

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Rear Panel Tour Figure 2-2: Rear panel view 2.2.1 Description of the Connectors I OUT / Q OUT Direct output or Differential (non-inverting) output for analog I/Q signal. I OUT BAR / Q OUT BAR Differential (inverting) output for analog I/Q signal.
  • Page 45 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Rear Panel Tour ● Firmware update Further USB interface type A are available on the front panel. See also Chapter 2.4.1, "Connecting USB Devices", on page 40. DIGITAL IQ IN/OUT Connector for the input/output of a digital I/Q signal from/to an R&S instrument, like a signal generator, analyzer or the R&S EX-IQ-BOX.
  • Page 46 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Rear Panel Tour SENSOR Connector for R&S NRP-Zxx sensors. With the aid of the "User Correction" function, a table with correction values for exter- nal test assemblies can be automatically determined, e.g. for compensating the fre- quency response of cables.

  • Page 47: Putting Into Operation

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Putting into Operation REF IN Input for external reference signal. OCXO Oven-controlled reference oscillator (option R&S SMBV-B1) The OCXO generates a very precise 10 MHz reference signal. It needs some minutes of warm-up time to reach its nominal frequency.

  • Page 48: Emi Suppression

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Putting into Operation Risk of injury due to disregarding safety information Observe the information on appropriate operating conditions provided in the data sheet to prevent personal injury or damage to the instrument. Read and observe the basic safety instructions provided with the instrument, in addition to the safety instructions in the following sections.

  • Page 49: Unpacking And Checking The Instrument

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Putting into Operation To suppress generated Electromagnetic Interference (EMI), ● Use suitable shielded cables of high quality. For example use double-shielded RF and LAN cables. Note: USB cables are of varying and often poor quality. Therefore, check the qual- ity of each individual USB cable as described in the service manual.
  • Page 50 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Putting into Operation Risk of injury if feet are folded out The feet can fold in if they are not folded out completely or if the instrument is shifted. Collapsing feet can cause injury or damage the instrument.

  • Page 51: Connecting The Instrument To The Ac Supply

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Putting into Operation Rackmounting The R&S SMBV can be installed in a rack using a rack adapter kit (Order No. see data sheet). The installation instructions are part of the adapter kit. Risk of instrument damage due to insufficient airflow in a rack If the instrument is run with insufficient airflow for a longer period, the instrument over- heats, which can disturb the operation and even cause damage.

  • Page 52: Standby And Ready State

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Putting into Operation Starting up instruments without power switch Connect the instrument to the AC supply. After connection to the AC supply, the instrument is in standby or ready state, depending on the state of the ON/STANDBY key at the front panel of the instru- ment when the instrument was switched off for the last time.

  • Page 53: Default Settings

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Putting into Operation A detected fault is indicated by a "ERROR" message displayed in the info line together with a brief error description. For in-depth identification of the error, press the INFO key. In response, a description of the error(s) is displayed.

  • Page 54: Shutting Down The Instrument

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Putting into Operation ● "Modulations State" = Off ● Uninterrupted level settings are switched off "Level Attenuator Mode" = AUTO ● Internal level control "Level ALC" = AUTO ● User correction "Level Ucor" = OFF ●...

  • Page 55: Power Fuses

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Connecting External Accessories b) For instruments without power switch, pull the power cable at the rear of the instrument. Tip: Switching off the AC power You can leave the AC power on permanently to preserve your last instrument set- tings.

  • Page 56: Linux Operating System

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Linux Operating System Installing USB devices is easy under Linux, because all USB devices are plug&play. After a device is connected to the USB interface, the operating system automatically searches for a suitable device driver.
  • Page 57 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Linux Operating System The configuration of the operating system is optimally adapted to signal generator functions in the factory. Changes in the system setup are only required when peripher- als like keyboard are installed or if the network configuration does not comply with the default settings (see Chapter 2.6.1, "Connecting the Instrument to the...

  • Page 58: Setting Up A Network (Lan) Connection

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Setting Up a Network (LAN) Connection 2.6 Setting Up a Network (LAN) Connection The R&S SMBV is equipped with a network interface and can be connected to an Ethernet LAN (local area network). Provided the appropriate rights have been assigned...

  • Page 59: Assigning The Ip Address

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Setting Up a Network (LAN) Connection To set up a network (LAN) connection Risk of network failure Consult your network administrator before performing the following tasks: ● Connecting the instrument to the network ●...

  • Page 60: Using Computer Names

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Setting Up a Network (LAN) Connection Risk of network errors! Connection errors can affect the entire network. If your network does not support DHCP, or if you choose to disable dynamic TCP/IP configuration, you must assign valid address information before connecting the instru- ment to the LAN.

  • Page 61: Remote Access Via An External Controller

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Remote Access via an External Controller Each instrument is delivered with an assigned computer name, but this name can be changed. The default instrument name is a non-case-sensitive string that follows the syntax rs<instrument><serial number>.

  • Page 62: Using A Web Browser For Remote Access

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Remote Access via an External Controller Table 2-2: Remote access via an external computer Remote access via Installation of the additional application connec- on the on the remote tion instrument computer Any web browser...
  • Page 63 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Remote Access via an External Controller To remote access the instrument via a web browser: 1. Connect the instrument and the remote computer to a LAN, see Chapter 2.6.1, "Connecting the Instrument to the Network",...

  • Page 64: Remote Access Via A Vnc Client Software

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Remote Access via an External Controller 2.7.2 Remote Access via a VNC Client Software A VNC client software is an application which can be used to access and control the instrument from a remote computer via LAN.
  • Page 65 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Remote Access via an External Controller 3. Double click on the setup file to start the installation. The setup wizard leads through the installation. This description focus only on the relevant settings. a) Select installation of all components.
  • Page 66 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Remote Access via an External Controller 5. Enter a password with a length of at least five digits. This password is used on the remote computer to access the instrument. Other settings may be changed according to the user-specific security requirements.
  • Page 67 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A Remote Access via an External Controller 3. Enter the password as defined in the "Default Local System Properties" panel of the Ultr@VNC program and select "Log On". The connection is established, the instrument is remote accessed and the current signal generator screen with the block diagram is displayed.

  • Page 68: Lxi Configuration

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A LXI Configuration Terminating VNC Connection The remote access via VNC connection can be terminated either on the R&S SMBV or on the external PC. Terminating the connection does not disable it. It can be estab- lished again any time.

  • Page 69: Lxi Browser Settings

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A LXI Configuration For information about the LXI standard, refer to the LXI website at http://www.lxistan- dard.org. See also "News from Rohde & Schwarz, article 2006/II - 190". The R&S SMBV provides an integrated "LXI Status" dialog for LXI status indication and reset of the LAN configuration ("LAN Configuration Initialize", LCI).
  • Page 70 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A LXI Configuration Note: Do not add the missing zeros in the IP address, while opening the instru- ment home page. The instrument home page (welcome page) opens. The navigation pane of the browser interface contains the following elements: ●...

  • Page 71: Lan Configuration

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A LXI Configuration – "SCPI Remote Trace" records messages exchanged via the remote control interface, see Chapter 2.8.2.5, "SCPI Remote Trace", on page 60. ● "Help" – "Glossary" explains terms related to the LXI standard.

  • Page 72: Advanced Lan Configuration

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A LXI Configuration The "IP Address Mode" selects a configuration mode for the IP address of the R&S SMBV. With static configuration, the entered IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway are used. With dynamic configuration, DHCP or dynamic link local addressing (automatic IP) are used to obtain the instrument IP address.

  • Page 73: Ping Client

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A LXI Configuration The following advanced parameters are available: ● "mDNS and DNS-SD": The additional protocols "multicast DNS" and "DNS service discovery" are used for device communication in zero configuration networks, working without DNS and DHCP.

  • Page 74: Web Control

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A LXI Configuration To initiate a ping from the instrument to the device: 1. Enable "ICMP Ping" on the "Advanced LAN Configuration" page. 2. Select the "Ping Client" page. 3. In the "Destination Address" field, enter the IP address of the device you want to ping (without the ping command and without any further parameters), e.g.

  • Page 75: Scpi Remote Trace

    ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A LXI Configuration Starting a Remote Control via the LXI web browser This section assumes that the instrument and the controller PC are connected in the LAN. 1. Start a web browser that supports html5 (W3C compliant).
  • Page 76 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A LXI Configuration To trace and display messages: 1. In the navigation pane, select "Diagnostics" > "SCPI Remote Trace". 2. In the toolbar bar of the "SCPI Remote Trace" page, select "live mode" > "on" and "logging"...
  • Page 77 ® Preparing for Use R&S SMBV100A LXI Configuration refresh button (live mode off) or they can be displayed automatically (live mode on). ● "Filter": applies a filter to columns and/or rows when working (live mode off) ● "Refresh": reads the message log from the internal database and displays it ●...

  • Page 78: Getting Started

    ® Getting Started R&S SMBV100A Brief Introduction to the Instrument's Concept 3 Getting Started This section helps you to get familiar with the R&S SMBV. It provides an introduction to the general concept of the instrument with a sample of the possible application fields, and a description of the main blocks in the signal generation flow.
  • Page 79 ® Getting Started R&S SMBV100A Brief Introduction to the Instrument's Concept Figure 3-1: Block diagram of a fully equipped R&S SMBV With the rotary knob, you can navigate in the block diagram and the dialogs, and oper- ate the instrument with one hand. The cursor is moved line by line through the block diagram or dialog.

  • Page 80: Baseband Section

    ® Getting Started R&S SMBV100A Baseband Section Tip: For remote control over LAN or USB, you can use the R&S VISA (Virtual Instru- ment Software Architecture) library provided for download at the Rohde & Schwarz website http://www.rohde-schwarz.com/rsvisa. This way of operation and the instructions how to set up a connection for remote con- trol are described in the operating manual, chapter "Remote Control Basics".
  • Page 81 ® Getting Started R&S SMBV100A Baseband Section Digital Baseband Connectivity (option R&S SMBV-K18) This option activates the DIGITAL IQ IN/OUT interface in order to apply an external signal to the baseband path, or to provide the internally generated baseband signal.

  • Page 82: Description Of Individual Diagram Blocks Of The Baseband Section

    ® Getting Started R&S SMBV100A Baseband Section 3.2.1 Description of Individual Diagram Blocks of the Baseband Section Each function block can be activated or deactivated with the "ON" check box (on/off toggling). The ON/OFF TOGGLE key at the front panel (see "TOGGLE"...

  • Page 83: Rf Section

    ® Getting Started R&S SMBV100A RF Section 3.3 RF Section An RF path is configured by installing a frequency option that comprises all required modules. One of the following options must be installed. ● R&S SMBV-B103 (up to 3 GHz) ●...

  • Page 84: Example Of Setup

    ® Getting Started R&S SMBV100A Example of Setup RF settings include: ● Frequency and reference frequency ● Attenuator settings. ● Frequency and level sweep ● List Mode settings. In this mode, extremely fast frequency and level settings can be made.
  • Page 85 ® Getting Started R&S SMBV100A Example of Setup a) Turn the rotary knob and select the "Baseband A" block. b) Press the rotary knob to open the menu where the digital modulation can be selected (different modulation modes are available depending on the options installed).
  • Page 86 ® Getting Started R&S SMBV100A Example of Setup c) Turn the rotary knob and highlight "Custom Digital Mod...". Press the rotary knob to open the "Custom Dig. Mod." dialog. d) Turn the rotary knob to select parameter "Symbol Rate", press the rotary knob to allow editing and enter the preffered symbol rate with the aid of the numeric keypad and the unit keys.
  • Page 87 ® Getting Started R&S SMBV100A Example of Setup e) Turn the rotary knob to select parameter "Coding". Press the button to open the selection list. Turn the rotary knob to select "Off" and press the knob to activate the selected item.
  • Page 88 ® Getting Started R&S SMBV100A Example of Setup g) Finally, select "State" and press the rotary knob to switch on the digital modula- tion. h) Press the DIAGRAM key to display the complete block diagram. To indicate the active state, the "Baseband" block is displayed in blue.
  • Page 89 ® Getting Started R&S SMBV100A Example of Setup The entry in the Winbar indicates that the "Custom Dig. Mod." menu is still open in the background. To display the menu in the foreground, press the softkey below the button in the "Windbar".
  • Page 90 ® Getting Started R&S SMBV100A Example of Setup 4. Select graphics display of I/Q signal a) Turn the rotary knob to select the "Graphics" block and open the respective menu. b) Select "State On" with the rotary knob to activate display of the I/Q diagram.

  • Page 91: Manual Operation

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Key Features 4 Manual Operation The R&S SMBV can be operated intuitively either via the interactive block diagram or via a menu tree. All menus are in the form of windows that can be operated in the same way.
  • Page 92 ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Key Features Menus are assigned to the specific function blocks in the block diagram. The func- tion blocks represent elements of signal generation. Function blocks displayed with a blue frame can be directly switched on and off by means of the TOGGLE ON/OFF (CTRL+T) key.
  • Page 93 ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Key Features Rotary knob Operation is possible via front-panel keys, an external keyboard and the mouse. How- ever, most of the settings can be easily made with the rotary knob: ● Turning the rotary knob shifts the entry focus to the target element.
  • Page 94 ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Key Features An exception are keys that call a menu such as the MENU (CTRL+M) key which opens the complete menu tree of the instrument, the SETUP (CTRL+E) key which opens the menus for general instrument settings or the FILE (CTRL+S) key which opens the menu for file management.
  • Page 95 ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Key Features Graphical display of data structure The structure of the baseband signal is graphically displayed in the respective menus; the individual signal elements can be graphically selected for processing. Graphics editor for definition of control signals Control signals are also graphically configured.

  • Page 96: Display

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Display 4.2 Display The display shows the current signal generator state and offers graphical elements for direct operation. It is divided into three sections: ● The frequency and level display with info line indicates the main output signal parameters and reports the current state with status, error and warning messages.

  • Page 97: Settings Displayed In The Header Section

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Display Figure 4-1: Block diagram of a fully equipped R&S SMBV The latest R&S SMBV Vector Signal Generators are equipped with a new version of the base board, which shows the block diagram in slightly different shapes, see Chap- ter 2.1.3,...

  • Page 98: Status Information And Messages

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Display 4.2.2 Status Information and Messages The instrument indicates status information and messages in the header section of the screen. The messages differ with respect to their importance (errors, warnings, info) and the time of their appearance (brief and permanent messages), and require differ-...

  • Page 99: Permanent Messages

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Display 4.2.2.4 Permanent Messages Permanent messages are displayed if an error occurs that impairs further instrument operation, e.g. a hardware fault. The error signalled by a permanent message must be eliminated before correct instrument operation can be ensured.

  • Page 100: Block Diagram

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Display Del. volatile Clears all volatile messages. This button is available only if the history of the messages is displayed. Remote command: SYST:ERR:ALL? Each time a SYST:ERR:ALL? query is sent, the error queue is returned and at the same time cleared.

  • Page 101: Signal Flow And Input/Output Symbols In The Block Diagram

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Display Pressing the rotary knob (front panel) or the "Config..." button (mouse) opens the asso- ciated setting menu. In all function blocks where the signal flow can be influenced, the top menu level for setting signal routing parameters is offered.

  • Page 102: Winbar And Softkeys

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Display ● The baseband signal is indicated by a three line arrow, the I- and Q-components of the signal by a single-line arrow. ● Connections are indicated by a "solder point". ● Black is used for the generated signal.

  • Page 103: Graphical Display Of Output Signal Characteristics

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Display The menus are in Windows format. The menus differ in details depending on their function but they consist of the same main elements. Each menu consists of a menu header and one or more menu areas with various fields for setting parameters.

  • Page 104: Accessing Dialogs

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Accessing Dialogs To access the "Graphics Settings" dialog for selecting the graphics display of the out- put signal, select the "Graphics" function block in the diagram or press the MENU (CTRL+M) key. Operation of the graphics windows is analogous to menu operation.

  • Page 105: Setting Parameters

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Setting Parameters Activating the Winbar ► Use the WINBAR (CTRL+W) key to toggle the cursor between a button of the "Winbar" and the block diagram. The button that was active last in the Winbar is highlighted.

  • Page 106: Working With The Cursor

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Setting Parameters of the GPIB-bus address. In the "File" dialog, files and lists are managed; in the "Hcopy" dialog, printout is configured and hardcopies can be made. These menus can only be called with the SETUP (CTRL+E), FILE (CTRL+S) and HCOPY (CTRL+Y) keys.

  • Page 107: Selecting A Control Element

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Setting Parameters ● Shifts the entry cursor from the header display to the previously active menu, or to the previously highlighted block in the block diagram if no menu is active. ● Shifts the cursor from a function block in the diagram to the first item in the "Winbar".
  • Page 108 ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Setting Parameters Numeric and alphanumeric values can either be newly entered or the existing value can be changed. Incorrect entries are cleared with the BACKSPACE key. Entering a new numerical value 1. Select the parameter.

  • Page 109: Working With Units

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Setting Parameters 2. Press an alphanumeric key to start the editing mode. The new value is entered. Editing an alphanumerical value An existing value, e.g. a file name, can be changed in the insert mode (see example) or in the overwrite mode.

  • Page 110: Selecting A Value From A List

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Setting Parameters Changing a unit To subsequently change a unit, i.e. after the entry has been terminated and when the editing mode is not active, use one of the following alternatives: 1. Press a UNIT key on the front panel.

  • Page 111: Restoring The Previous Value

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Setting Parameters Confirming multiple values In some cases, like for instance when configuring the carriers for a multicarrier CW sig- nal in a carrier table, it is useful first to enter few values and to confirm them together.

  • Page 112: Editors

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Editors A confirmation query is displayed. 2. Confirm with "OK" to abort the changes. Select "Cancel" to return to the dialog. The previous selected settings are dis- played. Restoring values after an extended calculation has been started Calculation and setting might require different period of time.
  • Page 113 ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Editors Editing list mode data lists 1. To access a list editor and open an existing data list for editing, use the cursor keys to select the associated button "Edit User Correction Data..." or "Edit List Mode Data..."...

  • Page 114: Working With Data Editor

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Editors Creating a new list mode data list A new list can be created under a new name either by generating a blank file in the "File Select" menu (see section Chapter 4.7, "File Management", on page 105) or by changing an existing list which will then be saved under a new name.

  • Page 115: Working With Control And Marker List Editor

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Editors Press the INSERT key to activate the insert mode. Values cannot be deleted in the overwrite mode. Press the BACKSPACE key. The value before the marked bit is deleted. 4. To select a bit position, select the "GoTo" button and press the ENTER key.
  • Page 116 ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Editors Example: The following figure shows the "Slot Marker Definition Editor" of the "GSM/EDGE" dia- log as an example. The upper area displays the signal for which the marker signals are to be defined. On the left side, the available signals (marker and control signals) are listed and colour- coded.
  • Page 117 ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Editors Select the control/marker signal line to be edit and press the ENTER key. The cursor is active for the selected line. 2. Define the cursor position. Select the parameter "Cursor Position", specify the position by means of the numeric keys and confirm the entry.
  • Page 118 ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Editors If another change produces effective transition, this ramp will be regenerated. 2. Shift a ramp An existing ramp can be shifted to any positions. The transitions are adjusted accordingly. Use the arrow keys to move the cursor to the ramp position; the cursor changes colour.

  • Page 119: How To Use The Help System

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A How to Use the Help System 4.6 How to Use the Help System The R&S SMBV is equipped with a context-sensitive help function. A help page is available for each parameter and can be called any time during instrument operation.

  • Page 120: File Management

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A File Management 4. Use the "Scroll Right" or "Scroll Left" buttons to shift the indicated area of the navi- gation window to the left or right. 5. To maximize the "Topics" window, you can hide the contents tree with the "Hide Contents"...
  • Page 121 ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A File Management available. See Chapter 4.7.2.1, "Extensions for User Files", on page 109 for an over- view of the supported file extensions. The user data can be roughly divided into the following data types: ●...

  • Page 122: File Select Dialog

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A File Management 3. To access the "File Manager" function, press the SETUP (CTRL+E) key and select "Save/Recall > File Manager". A "File Select" window for loading, saving or creating a file or the "File Manager"...

  • Page 123: File Manager

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A File Management Example: The following example shows the "File Select" menu of the GSM/EDGE digital stan- dard when "Recall Predefined Frames" is selected. Working with the File Select dialog 1. Access the "File Select" dialog (see "Accessing files with user data"...

  • Page 124: Extensions For User Files

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A File Management Use the "File Type" to select a file type from the list. This can be used to process either all files (all files (*) selection) or a specific selection of files. See Chapter 4.7.2.1, "Extensions for User...
  • Page 125 ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A File Management Table 4-1: List of the automatically assigned file extensions in the instrument Function/Digital List type Contents File suffix Standard Instrument State Settings Instrument settings *.savrcltxt "User Correction" List User-defined level correction values *.uco "List Mode"...
  • Page 126 ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A File Management Function/Digital List type Contents File suffix Standard "TD-SCDMA2000" Settings Complete setting of the TD-SCDMA2000 menu *.tdscdma Settings Test Model for TD-SCDMA2000 *.tdtmd 1xEV-DO Settings Complete setting of the 1xEV-DO menu *.evdo "IEEE 802.11 Settings Complete setting of the IEEE 802.11 WLAN...

  • Page 127: Legend Of Front-Panel Controls

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Legend of Front-Panel Controls Function/Digital List type Contents File suffix Standard Settings DAB ETI Files *.eti *.xeti Settings Complete setting of the NFC menu *.nfc 4.8 Legend of Front-Panel Controls The following table lists all key functions available on the front panel. Key combinations used on the PC keyboard to trigger key functions on the instrument front panel are also described.

  • Page 128: Front Panel Key Emulation

    ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Legend of Front-Panel Controls Front-panel key Key of PC keyboard Function G/n / dBuV ALT + F9 Selects the unit Giga/Nano, dBuV for the RF level and dBu for the LF level. HCOPY CTRL+ Y Opens the menu for configuring and starting a hardcopy.
  • Page 129 ® Manual Operation R&S SMBV100A Legend of Front-Panel Controls Operating Manual 1176.8016.02 ─ 17...

  • Page 130: Instrument Function

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Overview of Instrument Functions 5 Instrument Function 5.1 Overview of Instrument Functions This chapter explains the functions of the R&S SMBV and the options available in the setting menus. The associated SCPI command is specified for each parameter (where applicable).
  • Page 131 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Overview of Instrument Functions The integrated bit error rate and block error tester is configured and activated in the "BERT" function block: ● Bit error rate and block error measurement Chapter 5.4, "Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements",...
  • Page 132 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Overview of Instrument Functions Chapter 5.9.5, "Multi Carrier Continuous Wave", on page 436 ● Digital standard GSM/EDGE see description "Digital Standard GSM/EDGE" ● Digital standard Bluetooth/EDR see description "Digital Standard Bluetooth® Enhanced Data Rate" ●...

  • Page 133: General Instrument Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings 5.2 General Instrument Settings 5.2.1 Overview of General Instrument Settings This section describes the settings which do not directly affect signal generation. Most of these settings can only be accessed by means of menus which are opened using keys or key combinations on the external keyboard or keys on the front panel key emu- lation.

  • Page 134: General Configuration Of Instrument - Setup Key

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings ● "RF level" RF output switched off ● "Offsets" = 0 ● "Modulations State" = Off ● Uninterrupted level settings are switched off "Level Attenuator Mode" = AUTO ● Internal level control "Level ALC" = AUTO ●...

  • Page 135: Internal Adjustments

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings ● The "Save/Recall" dialog can also be accessed with the FILE key and is therefore described in the section on this key (see Chapter 5.2.8, "Storing and Loading Instrument Data - File Key",...
  • Page 136 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings In this dialog you can perform internal calibration routines. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chapter 7.6, "CALibration Subsystem", on page 544. Adjust All Performs all available internal calibration routines of the instrument.

  • Page 137: Hardware Config

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings 5.2.3.2 Hardware Config In the "Hardware Config" dialog, the installed assemblies together with their variants and revision states can be displayed for servicing purposes. To open the "Hardware Config" dialog, select "System" and press the SETUP or MENU key.

  • Page 138: Software / Options

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings 5.2.3.3 Software / Options The "Software/Options" dialog shows the firmware version of the instrument software and all installed hardware and software options. Software options purchased at a later stage can be activated with a keycode. The acti- vation code is supplied with the software option.

  • Page 139: Manage License Keys

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings home page. This home page always offers the latest information on your signal gener- ator, e.g. also on changes of the firmware update procedure. Remote command: n.a. Hardware Options / Software Options The tables in the sections "Hardware", "Software"...
  • Page 140 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Only if the R&S SMBV is equipped with an older firmware version, a firmware update prior to enabling the software option may be required. The information on the valid firmware versions for the purchased software option is provided together with the option.
  • Page 141 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings 4. In the browser, select "Manage Licenses > Move Portable License > Select License (from file)" and select the exported license key. Check the selection, create the deactivation key and save it to file.
  • Page 142 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings 7. In the browser, go the step "Manage Licenses > Move Portable License > Install Deactivation Key (from file)" and enter the deactivation response of the instrument. The license is deactivated for the source instrument.
  • Page 143 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Device ID Displays the instrument specific identification number. The device ID is an unique string with the following structure: <stock number>-<serial number>-<checksum> Enter License Key Type here the license key provided with the option.

  • Page 144: Nrp-Z Info/Update

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings One waveform packages license per waveform is required. Once registered license cannot be moved to another instrument. Note: One waveform package licence per segment is required for the registration of a multi segment waveform.
  • Page 145 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings ► To access this dialog, select "Setup > System > NRP-Z Info/Update…". The "NRP-Z Info / Update" dialog indicates the connected R&S NRP-Z Power Sen- sors with specific information and contains the functions to update the firmware of a connected sensor.

  • Page 146: Delete Temporary Files

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings 2. In the "Setup > System > NRP-Z Info Update" dialog, select "Rescue" in the left sensor selection field 3. Activate "Run Update". 4. Confirm query in message box 5. Connect sensor within 4 seconds The update starts, a bar informs about the progress.

  • Page 147: Display Update

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings 2. Execute the "Delete Temporary Files" function. The content of the predefined directory is deleted. Another way to achieve more free disc space on the internal flash memory is to exe- cute the Factory Preset function.

  • Page 148: Check Front Panel

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Access: 1. Select "Setup > Test > Selftest" 2. Select "Start Selftest". The following tests are only available via remote control: ● on page 841 :TEST<hw>:DIRect In addition, a direct test for the hardware assembly is provided only via remote control, on page 841.
  • Page 149 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Check Front Panel Settings ► To access this dialog, Press the "setup" key and select "Setup > Test > Check Front Panel". Reflecting the front panel, the "Check Front Panel" dialog contains all functions to test the operating elements of the instrument.

  • Page 150: Shutting Down And Rebooting The Instrument

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Select "OK" to exit the test. ► Press the ESC key a third time. Exits the "Check Front Panel" dialog, even if you have not yet checked all the keys. Expected responses: ●...

  • Page 151: Network Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings To access the required settings: ► Select "Setup > Environment > Date/Time" via the SETUP or MENU key. The "Date / Time" dialog contains the time and data settings of the operating sys- tem.
  • Page 152 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Risk of network errors! Connection errors can affect the entire network. If your network does not support DHCP, or if you choose to disable dynamic TCP/IP configuration, you must assign valid address information before connecting the instru- ment to the LAN.
  • Page 153 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings It is recommended that you neither change the default network settings nor the host name in order to avoid problems with the network connection. However, if you change the host name be sure to use an unique name.

  • Page 154: Global Trigger/Clock/External Input Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Default Gateway Displays the gateway address. To assign the gateway address manually, select Address Mode "Static". This address identifies the router on the same network as the instrument that is used to forward traffic to destinations beyond the local network.
  • Page 155 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings This menu is used to determine the physical characteristics of the input connectors for trigger, clock and control signals. A common trigger threshold and input impedance is effective for all trigger and control signal inputs.
  • Page 156 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Remote command: on page 742 [:SOURce]:INPut:CLOCk:IMPedance Baseband Trigger Input Slope Selects the polarity of the active slope of an externally applied trigger signal. This setting affects the INST TRIG input connector (BNC connector at the rear of the instrument).

  • Page 157: Display/Keyboard Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings "State" Enables the automatic compensation. Remote command: on page 745 [:SOURce]:INPut:DELay:ADCState "Slave Position Defines the position of the slave instrument in the daisy chain, where in Chain" the slave directly connected to the master instrument is the one with number 1, etc.

  • Page 158: Remote Channel Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings The assignment of some keys depends on the selected layout and language. Remote command: on page 562 :KBOard:LAYout on page 561 :KBOard:LANGuage 5.2.3.15 Remote Channel Settings The "Remote Channel Settings" dialog provides access to the settings for remote con- trol.

  • Page 159: Instrument Emulations

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Baud Rate ← RS232 using USB adapter Sets the baudrate for the serial remote control interface. Remote command: on page 832 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD Parity ← RS232 using USB adapter Sets the parity for the serial remote control interface.
  • Page 160 General Instrument Settings For more information on this topic, the application note 1GP91: Remote Emulations with the R&S SMBV100A Vector Signal Generator describes in detail how to use this feature. The selected instrument also defines the identification string that is retrieved with query *IDN?.

  • Page 161: Protection

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Set to default Enables you to reset the *IDN and *OPT strings in user defined mode, see "Mode" on page 145 . The default strings vary depending on the selected emulation mode (Language)

  • Page 162: Security

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Protects against accidental changes to certain settings, e.g. clock and date, net- work settings or instrument names. You can access this protection level with the password 123456. ● Protection Level 2 Provides access to the unlocking of protected service functions. It is accessible for authorized personnel of Rohde &...
  • Page 163 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings – USB Storage secures controlled access to the mass memory of the instru- ment. – Volatile mode protects against modification or deletion of data in the file sys- tem. – Annotation frequency and amplitude prevents reading the display.
  • Page 164 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings The settings in this dialog will not be assigned until you enter the Security Password and confirm with the Accept button. User Name Indicates the user name used for access to the Linux operating system.
  • Page 165 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Note: The new password will not be assigned until you select the Change Password button. Change Password ← Change Security Password Changes the password accordingly. Note: Keep in mind, that a changed password is never reset, even if you perform a factory preset.
  • Page 166 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings "SMB (Samba)" activates access to SMB (Server Message Block), used for providing shared access to files, printers and serial ports of a network. "Avahi (Zeroconf)" activates Avahi, a service for automatic configuration of the instru- ment in a network environment.
  • Page 167 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings The setting requires the entry of the security password 123456 and is only accepted after the "Accept" button is pressed. Tip: Section "Enabling a locked user interface for manual operation" on page 152 describes how you can unlock the control elements and the user interface.

  • Page 168: Save/Recall

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Note The character of the first key you pressed is immediately added in the input field. Prior to inserting the password delete this entry. ● In remote control mode, send the command SYST:ULOC ENABled to release all locks at once.

  • Page 169: Factory Preset

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings 5.2.3.20 Factory Preset The "Factory Preset" dialog provides a function to reset the instrument's settings to their factory state. This function is activated by pressing the "Execute Factory Preset" button. Factory Preset Reset the instrument's settings to their factory state.

  • Page 170: Generating A Hard Copy Of The Display

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings In remote control mode the instrument indicates the remote state in the display header. The rest of the display remains unchanged and shows the current instrument status, that means the status which exists under the remote control settings. The instrument can be operated (for example dialogs can be opened).

  • Page 171: Hard Copy Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings 5.2.5.1 Hard Copy Settings ► To access the dialog, press the HCOPY key. The dialog contains the parameters for configuring the output format and location of a hard copy. The remote commands required to define the hard copy settings are described in Chapter 7.11, "HCOPy...
  • Page 172 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings File Options Dialog for setting the file parameters. "Format" Selects the output file format, for example *.bmp, *.jpg*.xpm*.png. Remote command: on page 558 :HCOPy:IMAGe:FORMat on page 558 :HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage "Region" Selects the snapshot area, either the entire screen or the currently active dialog.

  • Page 173: Messages - Info Key

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings "Prefix, Year, Determines the rules for "Automatic Naming". Month, Day" Per default, the automatically generated file name is composed of: <Path>/<Prefix><YYYY><MM><DD><Number>.<Format>, where Y, M and D mean Year, Month, Day; Number is the "Current Auto Number".

  • Page 174: Storing And Loading Instrument Data - File Key

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings The context-sensitive page which is opened with the HELP key is part of a comprehen- sive help system. It is possible to move from this context-sensitive page to any page of the help system. The following navigation aids are available: ●...

  • Page 175: Save/Recall Menu

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Additionally there are intermediate memories in which the current instrument setting can be saved and then called up again by just pressing a key. This provides fast switching between different instrument settings.

  • Page 176: Saving Instrument Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Accesses the settings for storing ("Save") and loading ("Recall") of the instrument set- tings. "Save…" Calls the menu for storing the current instrument setting (see Chap- ter 5.2.8.2, "Saving Instrument Settings", on page 161).

  • Page 177: Loading Instrument Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings on page 675 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:CATalog? on page 675 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:CATalog? Save Saves the current instrument settings in the specified file and path. Remote command: on page 827 :SYSTem:SAV on page 575 :MMEMory:STORe:STATe Refer to the descriptions of the firmware options for the correct syntax of the corre- sponding SCPI commands: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:<Digital Standard>:SETTing:STORe...
  • Page 178 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Recent files Displays the files last used. Directory, File List and File Name Note: You access this generic standard function each time you perform one of the following: ● store or load (settings) files ●...

  • Page 179: File Select Dialog

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Recall Loads the selected configuration. If an instrument setting in which a sweep was activated is saved, the sweep starts when the recall command is called. If an instrument setting which accesses lists is saved, this list is also loaded.
  • Page 180 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Tip: The name of the dialog is context sensitive and differs depending on the par- ticular function this dialog is from. However, the provided functions are very similar. 2. To load an existing file, navigate through the file system, select the file and confirm with "Select".

  • Page 181: File Manager

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings on page 675 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:CATalog? on page 675 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:CATalog? Functions for handling of data lists Provided are the following standard functions for file handling: "Select" Select and load the file. Remote command: on page 681 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:SELect...
  • Page 182 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings ● Copying files into another directory, see Copy Paste ● Renaming and deleting files, see Rename Delete ● Creating new directories on the follwoing drives: – hard disk (requires option R&S SMBV-B92) –...

  • Page 183: Map Network Share Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings Copy Copies the selected file. It can be pasted into a different or the same directory using the "Paste" button. When pasting the file into the same directory file name Copy of <file name> is given automatically. When pasting the file into a different directory, the original file name is kept.

  • Page 184: Mapping A Network Folder

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings See also Mapping a Network Folder. Network Folder Enter the path of the folder or computer, e.g. //<IP Address>/share or //<server name>/share. Local Folder Enter a letter or a alias name to describe the folder.
  • Page 185 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings same network drive. In these cases, on a R&S SMBV connected to a LAN you can cre- ate a shortcut to this network folder or this computer. For information on how to set up a LAN connection, refer to Chapter 2.6, "Setting Up a...

  • Page 186: Instrument

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings If the connection does not succeed, consider to check the following: ● Is the network folder, or computer you try to map turned on? ● Is the network folder or computer enabled for remote access? ●...
  • Page 187 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings To access the file system of the R&S SMBV via ftp If the R&S SMBV is connected to a LAN and the required configurations are comple- ted, you can use File Transfer Protocol (ftp) to access the file system and to transfer files from and to the instrument.
  • Page 188 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A General Instrument Settings To access the file system of the R&S SMBV via SMB (Samba) The SMB (Samba) protocol is an alternative way to access the file system of the instru- ment form a remote PC, if both the instrument and the PC are connected to a LAN.

  • Page 189: Graphical Display - Graphics

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Graphical Display - Graphics 5.3 Graphical Display - Graphics The R&S SMBV can be used to graphically display the generated baseband signal. A selection of different signal displays assists the user in assessing and checking the increasingly complex modulation signals.

  • Page 190: Graphics Settings Menu

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Graphical Display - Graphics 5.3.1 Graphics Settings Menu The "Graphics Settings" menu for selecting the graphical display of the output signal is opened either in the "Graphics" function block or in the menu with the same name which is opened using the MENU key.
  • Page 191 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Graphical Display - Graphics Remote command: on page 686 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:MODE Trigger Source Defines the trigger for the starting time of the graphic recording. "Software" Recording of signals is started automatically in specified intervals. This asynchronous method is appropriate when a representative dis- play of the complete signal is desired, as recording starts in a random time reference to the signal.

  • Page 192: Bar Of Graphics Window

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Graphical Display - Graphics With "User": Selects the signal bandwidth for which the display is to be generated. The setting range moves between the minimum and maximum bandwidth which is possible for the selected display. The selection is made graphically by moving the pointer.
  • Page 193 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Graphical Display - Graphics Remote command: n.a. Show ref Displays the reference curve(s). All defined reference curves are displayed simultane- ously (see the description of the "Copy to ref" button). The reference curves are displayed together with the current signal. They allow visual comparison of two or more signals with different settings, e.g.

  • Page 194: Signal Displays

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Graphical Display - Graphics Each reference curve is available until it is deleted. "Display area" The comments entered for the defined reference curve are shown in the display area next the assigned color. A maximum of five colors (and reference curves) are available.

  • Page 195: Vector Diagram

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Graphical Display - Graphics the peak envelope power (PEP) is plotted on the Y axes (minimum scaled amplitude = -1; maximum scaled amplitude = +1). The recording depth is 1 kSamples. This signal is picked off at the output of the baseband main module ("Impairment" func- tion block), i.e.

  • Page 196: Constellation Diagram

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Graphical Display - Graphics 5.3.3.3 Constellation Diagram In the constellation diagram, the Q component is also displayed over the I component. However, only the values at the constellation points (signal value at the ideal scanning instant of the symbol) are displayed, i.e.

  • Page 197: Ccdf Display

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Graphical Display - Graphics 5.3.3.5 CCDF Display The Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function shows the probability with which the output signal will exceed the average power. The level over the average power is plotted from 0 to 20 dB on the X axis; the average power (RMS) corresponds to the origin.

  • Page 198: Bit And Block Error Rate Measurements

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements This signal is picked off at the output of the baseband main module ("Impairment" func- tion block), i.e. contained in the displayed signal is: ● impairment of the signal as defined by the user and the addition of noise.

  • Page 199: Prbs Data

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Figure 5-1: Test setup for bit or block error rate measurement 1 = PRBS data sequence (RF output connector (front)), see PRBS Data184 2 = Data (MARKER 1 connector (rear)), alternatively to the TRIG connector, see PRBS Data184.

  • Page 200: Crc Polynomial

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Delays of the DUT and transmission over long air paths, where the transmitter and the receiver are located at separate sites, are therefore not a problem. 5.4.3 CRC Polynomial...

  • Page 201: Interrupt-Free Measurement

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements The BER/BLER measurement measures statistical bit/block errors, i.e. errors which do not occur at regular intervals, but at random. Although a single measurement deter- mines the exact number of errors in the measured interval, you can only obtain a stat- istically reliable BER/BLER when a sufficient number of errors occur in the measured interval.

  • Page 202: Data Enable

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Figure 5-3: TDMA signal generated by the R&S SMBV with user data that contains the PRBS data sequence. The PRBS sequence is continuously written to the user data fields.

  • Page 203: Bit Error Rate Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Figure 5-6: Example of functionality of pattern ignore: 50 bits were set to "0" by the DUT. These 50 bits plus the preceding "0" are ignored in the bit error rate measurement.

  • Page 204: General Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chapter 7.5, "BERT and BLER Subsystems", on page 532. ● General Settings....................189 ● Configuration Settings...................191 5.4.10.1 General Settings State..........................189...
  • Page 205 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Terminated By Displays the termination criterion for the measurement. These criteria can be entered to keep the duration of the measurement short for low as well as high bit error rates. The last measurement result is displayed after the mea- surement has been terminated.

  • Page 206: Configuration Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements "No Sync" The measurement is not synchronized. Generally, a measurement cannot be synchronized until a clock and a data signal have been detected. If synchronization still does not occur, it can be caused by: ●...
  • Page 207 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Pattern Ignore......................195 Threshold........................195 Impedance........................195 Timeout........................196 Connectors........................196 Mode Selects the type of measurement. "Auto" Continuous measurement of bit error rate. If either or both of the termination criteria are met, the measurement in progress is terminated and immediately a new one is started auto- matically.
  • Page 208 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements This criterion terminates the measurement relatively quickly if the error rate is high. The measurement result is statistically reliable, since many errors were already coun- ted. If the measurement is terminated because the set number of bit errors was reached, "Number of Errors"...
  • Page 209 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements "External" The reset signal for the BER measurement is fed via the "Restart" input of the BERT interface. If the PRBS cannot be continued uninterruptedly, the BER measure- ment must be stopped at the end of the data sequence and subse- quently restarted at the beginning of the new data sequence.
  • Page 210 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Remote command: on page 539 :BERT:SETup:DENable Pattern Ignore Activates ignoring of pure "0" or "1" bit sequences at least 32 bits long. Activating "Pat- tern Ignore" excludes faulty frames from the measurement.

  • Page 211: Block Error Rate Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Timeout Sets a time limit for the BER process. Remote command: on page 542 :BERT:SETup:TIMeout Connectors Accesses the dialog for mapping the signals to the corresponding connectors, see 5.4.11 Block Error Rate Settings Access: ►...
  • Page 212 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Errors.......................... 197 Terminated By......................197 State:...........................198 State Activates the block error rate measurement. Depending on the selected mode, you can execute the measurement continuously ("Auto") or once ("Single"). To start a single measurement, select "Execute Single".
  • Page 213 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements "Number of Data Blocks" The measurement stopped after the specified number of data blocks was reached. "Number of Errors" The measurement stopped after the specified number of errors was reached.

  • Page 214: Configuration Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements "No Sync" The measurement is not synchronized. Generally, a measurement cannot be synchronized until a clock and a data signal have been detected. If synchronization still does not occur, can be caused by: ●...
  • Page 215 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Max Received Blocks Enter the number of transmitted data blocks to be checked before the measurement is terminated. This criterion will terminate the BLER measurement after the specified number of data blocks, even if only a few errors or none at all have been detected.

  • Page 216: Connector Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Data Enable Sets the polarity of the "Data Enable" signal. This signal determines the user data to be measured. The DUT usually provides the data enable signal, but you can also use a marker signal of R&S SMBV.

  • Page 217: Test Generator

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Access: ► Select "Baseband > MISC > Bit Error Rate, or Block Error Rate". The dialog contains the connector selection list for the data signal, and shows the connectors of the other signals used for the BER/BLER test.

  • Page 218: Test Generator Setup

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements ● Test Generator Setup....................203 ● Test Generator Settings..................204 ● BER/BLER Functionality Test................206 5.4.13.1 Test Generator Setup The test setup requires that you loop back the signals as shown in Figure 5-7.

  • Page 219: Test Generator Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Figure 5-7: Test generator cabling 1 = MARKER 1 connector 2 = MARKER 2 connector 3 = CLOCK OUT connector 4 = CLOCK IN connector 5 = NEXT connector...
  • Page 220 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements The "BER/BLER Test Generator" dialog contains the parameters required to per- form the selftest. Depending on the "Data Enable" and "Restart" settings in the "Bit Error Rate", or "Block Error Rate" dialogs, the available trigger parameters vary.

  • Page 221: Ber/Bler Functionality Test

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Bit and Block Error Rate Measurements Restart Delay Determines the time delay to the start of the user data sequence for the BER measure- ment. The time value is defined in bits. This parameter requires that the...

  • Page 222: Rf Block

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block To check the data transmission ► Remove the data connection (Figure 5-7, (6)). In the "Bit error Rate" dialog, the "NO DATA" LED is expected to turn red. To check the synchronization ► In the "BER/BLER Test Generator" dialog, arbitrarily increase the "Error Rate".

  • Page 223: Rf Signal Modes And Characteristics

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block The disconnected connection to the output is additionally shown when the output is deactivated. Active analog modulation is also indicated in the block. To query the impedance of the RF outputs, use the command :OUTPut<hw>:...

  • Page 224: Rf Frequency

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block User-specific lists which contain level correction values for any frequency range ("User Correction") can be created to, for example, compensate the cable attenuation in a test assembly setup. The R&S SMBV generates the RF signal in unmodulated or analog form. The signal generator is equipped therefore with the following sources for analog modulations: ●...

  • Page 225: Setting The Rf Frequency

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block 5.5.2.2 Setting the RF Frequency To change the RF frequency, press the FREQ key and enter the desired frequency. Changes to the RF frequency have an immediate effect (without confirmation with the ENTER key) on the output signal.
  • Page 226 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Access: ► Select "RF/A Mod > config... > RF Frequency > Frequency/Phase". In the upper section of the combined "RF Frequency / Phase ..." settings dialog, you can configure the frequency of the RF signal.

  • Page 227: User Variation Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Multiplier Sets the multiplication factor for the RF frequency. In the frequency field of the status bar, the instrument adjusts its frequency display according to the set multiplication factor. This frequency value shows the frequency at the output of the downstream multiplier.

  • Page 228: Phase Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block 5.5.3.1 Phase Settings ► To access the dialog for configuring the phase settings, perform one of the follow- ing: ● Select "RF/A Mod > config... > RF Frequency > Frequency/Phase". ● Press the MENU key and select "RF/A Mod > RF Frequency > Frequency/ Phase".
  • Page 229 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Figure 5-8: Synchronizing a subsequent instrument using the internal 10 MHz reference signal of the R&S SMBV The internal reference oscillator supplies the reference frequency. Settings: – Source: "Internal" ● External f = 10 MHz (10 MHz REF OUT) If you have a clean external reference signal with 10 MHz frequency, you can directly pass it to the output.

  • Page 230: Reference Oscillator Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Figure 5-10: Synchronizing a subsequent instrument an externally applied reference frequency of 5 or 10 MHz Settings: – Source: "External" – External Reference Frequency: "5 or 10 MHz" Input and output connectors of the reference frequency The appropriate connectors are located at the rear panel, see "REF IN"...
  • Page 231 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Source Selects the source of the reference frequency. Chapter 5.5.4, "Reference Oscillator", on page 213, which provides an overview of the different test scenarios for configuring the reference frequency. "Internal" Uses the internal 10 MHz reference signal, either with the calibrated or a user-defined adjustment value.

  • Page 232: Local Oscillator - Lo Coupling

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "OFF" Uses the calibrated internal reference frequency. "ON" Allows you to apply a deviation to the internal reference frequency, according to your requirements. To enter the value, use Adjustment Value. Remote command: on page 805...

  • Page 233: Typical Applications

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block look into the instantaneous differential phase (“delta phase”) of these two RF signals, this is quite instable due to: ● phase noise of the two synthesizers ● “weak” coupling at 10 MHz and a long synthesis chain up to the RF domain ●...

  • Page 234: Rf Level

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Mode - LO Coupling Selects the mode of the local oscillator coupling. "Internal" This mode corresponds to a normal operation. The internal local oscillator is used. "External" An external signal is used. Note: Selection of LO Coupling "External" mode, disables all parame- ters in the "Frequency/Phase/Ref Osc"...
  • Page 235 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block The center line ("Level") and the peak envelope power ("PEP") of the modulated RF output signal is displayed when digital modulation or digital standard signals are gener- ated. Note that the displayed RF level in the header, and the RF output level, set in the "Level/EMF"...

  • Page 236: Rf Level Dialog

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block In addidion, when the self test is running, the displayed level in the header is 10 dBm, but the actual signal level at the RF output is -50 dBm. dBm, dBµV, mV and µV can be used as the level units. The four unit keys are labeled with these units.
  • Page 237 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block In section "User Variation", you can determine the step size for adjusting the level with the rotary knob (with "Variation Active On"). The power-on behavior of the instrument and the level display in the display header are set in the "Power-On / EMF Settings"...
  • Page 238 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block The display is disabled when list mode is running, see " State - List Mode " on page 289. Remote command: on page 792 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:POWer Note: The SCPI command [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][: sets the level of the "Level" display, that is the level containing offset.
  • Page 239 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "Fixed" The level settings are made without switching the attenuator. When this operating mode is switched on, the attenuator and the relays are fixed in their current positions to provide level settings with- out interruption.

  • Page 240: Power-On/Emf Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "OFF" The level value set with the rotary knob is varied in steps of one unit at the cursor position (standard operating mode). Remote command: on page 795 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STEP:MODE Variation Step Sets the user-defined step width for entering the RF level using the rotary knob. Level variation with this step width must also be activated with "Variation Active".

  • Page 241: Automatic Level Control - Alc

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Display Level as Voltage of EMF - RF Level Activates display of the signal level as voltage of the EMF (no-load voltage). If this set- ting is deactivated, the level is displayed as a voltage over a 50 Ohm load.

  • Page 242: Automatic Level Control Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block The following section explains the functionality of "Sample & Hold", to provide an over- view and to indicate what is to be considered. "On" and "Auto" require no additional explanation. Furthermore, find the ALC state settings described in detail in State - ALC OFF (Sample &...

  • Page 243: Nrp-Z Level Control

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "Off (Sample & Hold)" Deactivates internal level control. Sample & hold closes the level control loop at every frequency and level change for a short period of time. The level control voltage is sampled and then clamped.
  • Page 244 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Example: How to set up a closed loop power control Figure 5-11: Example of a test setup with NRP-Z Level Control As shown in the example, the sensor measures a proportional power in defined time intervals, derivated from a coupler.

  • Page 245: Nrp-Z Level Control Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block 5.5.8.1 NRP-Z Level Control Settings ► To access the dialog for configuring the level control settings, perform one of the following: ● Select "RF/A Mod > config... > RF Level > NRP-Z Level Control".
  • Page 246 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Zero - Power Sensors Activates the auto zero function. Zeroing calibrates the external power sensor by adjusting its reading at zero signal power. For this purpose, the RF power source must be switched off or disconnected from the sensor.

  • Page 247: User Correction

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block the power control locks and tries to achieve the target level. Readings outside the range are not considered. Remote command: on page 792 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:CRANge Delay Time Defines a waiting period between the level adjustment of the generator and the next measurement of the power sensor.

  • Page 248: User Correction Menu

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Sensor" function, a table with correction values for external test assemblies can be automatically determined, e.g. for compensating the frequency response of cables. The User Correction list with the correction values acquired by the sensor is generated in the "Edit User Correction List"...
  • Page 249 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Remote command: on page 723 [:SOURce]:CORRection:CSET:CATalog? on page 729 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET[:SELect] on page 725 [:SOURce]:CORRection:CSET:DELete Edit User Cor. Data - User Correction Calls the editor for editing the selected user correction list. A list consists of any number of frequency/level value pairs. The currently selected list is displayed.
  • Page 250 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "Edit" Calls a selection of possible actions described below. "Insert Row" Insert a new row before the marked row. "Insert Range" Insert new rows before the marked row. The number of rows to be inserted can be defined in an entry window.
  • Page 251 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Import/Export >>> Expands the menu with the area for import and export of user correction files. Externally edited Excel tables with any number of frequency/level value pairs can be imported as text or CSV-files and used for user correction.

  • Page 252: Filling The Correction List Automatically

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Select ASCII Source / Destination - User Correction Calls the "File Manager" for selecting the ASCII file to be imported into a user correc- tion list (source) or the ASCII file the user correction list is exported (destination) in.

  • Page 253: Filling The Correction List With Power Sensor Measurement Data

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Remote command: n.a. Range Sets the range for filling the table. Remote command: n.a. Select column to fill Selects either the frequency or the level column to be filled with the value defined below.
  • Page 254 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Do not save the list at this point, because the frequency entries are lost as long as there are no entries for the level column also. In the following these entries are auto- matically acquired by the connected power sensor.

  • Page 255: Reverse Power Protection

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Remote command: on page 730 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:ZERoing:STATe [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:CSET:DATA[:SENSor<ch>][:POWer]:SONCe on page 725 Used SMBV Settings for Measurement Displays the settings relevant for the measurement. "RF Source" Shows the path for which the correction menu settings are made.
  • Page 256 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block To connect the sensors you have the following options: ● connect the sensor directly at the SENSOR connector. A sensor connected there is always assigned as "Sensor 1". ● connect the sensor directly at a USB connector To connect a sensor directly via USB, use one of the appropriate adapter cables R&S NRP-Z3 or R&S NRP-Z4.
  • Page 257 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Further functions of the R&S SMBV related to R&S NRP-Z power sensors are: ● Acquisition of level correction data, see Chapter 5.5.9, "User Correction", on page 232. The acquired level correction data is used to create and activate lists in which level correction values predefined by the user are freely assigned to RF frequencies.
  • Page 258 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block The instrument detects connected sensors automatically and lists all in the selec- tion field. "Sensor 1" is firmly assigned to the sensor on the circled SENSOR socket. If no sensor is connected to this socket, channel 1 remains not assigned. Sensors 2...4 are assigned to the sensors at the USB connectors, according to their sequence of connection.
  • Page 259 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block In remote control, the sensors are set up using the SENSe commands. The remote measurement is triggered by the READ query which also provides the measurement results. The state is not influenced by these commands, measurements results can be retrieved with local State on or off.
  • Page 260 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Remote command: on page 582 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:DISPlay:PERManent:STATe Display Priority Determines whether the instrument displays the measured average or the peak power permanently on the screen. To select the peak power display, it is required that the R&S NRP-Zxx sensor supports this feature.
  • Page 261 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Remote command: on page 587 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SOURce Frequency Source User only Enters the frequency for measurement source "User". Remote command: on page 585 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FREQuency Level Offset Activates and defines a level offset which is added to the measured value. This allows e.g.
  • Page 262 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "User" The filter length is set manually. The filter length is entered in the entry window to the right. As the fil- ter length works as a multiplier for the time window, this results in a constant measurement time.
  • Page 263 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block The sensor default setting is usually sufficient. If however, the readings vary, it is rec- ommended that you adjust the aperture time exactly to one modulation period, in order to obtain stable readings. To specify the aperture time, see Aperture Time.

  • Page 264: Modulation

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block 5.5.12 Modulation 5.5.12.1 Overview The R&S SMBV provides the analog modulations amplitude modulation (AM), fre- quency modulation (FM), phase modulation (PhiM) and pulse modulation (PM). In addition, the RF signal can be modulated with internal modulations waveforms, e.g.

  • Page 265: Amplitude Modulation (Am)

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block See also Chapter 5.5.13.1, "Overview of LF Generator", on page 261. External Modulation Sources The modulation input EXT MOD at the instrument front provides the external modula- tion sources for amplitude, frequency and phase modulation.
  • Page 266 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Amplitude Modulation Settings To open the "Amplitude Modulation" dialog, select "RF/A Mod > Configure > Amplitude Modulation" or use the MENU key under RF/A Mod. In the upper section of the dialog, the modulation source is selected and the modula- tion switched on.
  • Page 267 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block AM Depth Sets the modulation depth in percent. Note: With two-tone modulation, observe that the set modulation depth applies to both signals and the sum modulation depth is determined by doubling the set modulation depth.

  • Page 268: Frequency Modulation (Fm)

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Remote command: on page 590 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:EXTernal:COUPling Ext. Impedance (Source "External" only) Sets the impedance for the external modulation signal, applied at the EXT MOD con- nector. You can select 600 Ohm or high (>100 kOhm).
  • Page 269 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block State Activates frequency modulation. Activation of FM deactivates phase modulation. Remote command: on page 734 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:STATe FM Source Selects the source for the FM signal. "Internal" Uses the internal LF generator as modulation signal source for FM.
  • Page 270 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block FM Deviation Sets the modulation deviation in Hz. The deviation is given as the absolute deviation in relation to the set center frequency. For example, a deviation of 5 MHz at a center frequency of 1 GHz leads to a frequency modulation between 995 MHz and 1005 MHz.

  • Page 271: Phase Modulation (Phim)

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Remote command: on page 733 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:SENSitivity? Adjust FM Offset Starts the adjustment for the FM/PhiM modulator. The option is adjusted concerning DC-offset. Remote command: on page 546 :CALibration<hw>:FMOFfset[:MEASure]? FM External Coupling (Source "External" only) Selects the coupling mode (AC or DC) for the externally applied frequence modulation signal.
  • Page 272 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block ● "High Deviation" mode with full setting range for ɸM deviation and a reduced set- ting range for modulation bandwidth. Phase noise is reduced in the lower modula- tion frequency range compared to the default mode.
  • Page 273 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Remote command: on page 784 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:SOURce ɸM Mode Selects the mode for the phase modulation. "Normal" The full range for modulation bandwidth and PM deviation is availa- ble. "High Deviation" The maximum range for ɸM deviation is available. Phase noise is improved for low frequencies compared to the default mode.

  • Page 274: Pulse Modulation (Pm)

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Note: The installed hardware determines the available settings. Use the Hardware Config dialog to check the hardware the instrument is equipped with. For information on the required hardware revision, refer to the release notes.
  • Page 275 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block As modulation signal, you can either use the signal of the internal pulse generator or an externally supplied signal. In case of external source, the external signal is input via the PULSE EXT connector at the rear of the instrument. In case of internal source, this connector can be used as external trigger or gate signal input for internal pulse modu- lation.

  • Page 276: Modulation Generator And Lf Output

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block The output of the video/sync signal at the PULSE VIDEO output is automatically switched on when activating pulse modulation. It can be switched off in the "Pulse Generator" dialog. State Activates pulse modulation.

  • Page 277: Lf Output

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block which are using the internal modulation signal. Therefore, any modification of the LF signal impacts all currently active modulations immediately. To configure the LF generator signal, see "LF Output Dialog" on page 262. However, you can also configure the LF signal directly in the settings dialogs of the analog modu- lations.

  • Page 278: Lf Frequency Sweep

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Display LF Gen Level as Voltage of EMF Activates the display of the signal level as voltage of the EMF (no-load voltage). If this setting is deactivated, the level is displayed as a voltage over a 50 Ohm load (preset state).
  • Page 279 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block The "LF Frequency Sweep" dialog is used to configure and activate an LF frequency sweep signal. To open the "LF Frequency Sweep" dialog, select "RF/A Mod > Configure > LF Fre- quency Sweep" or use the MENU key under "RF/A Mod".
  • Page 280 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "Single" Generates a single sweep cycle after a trigger event. The sweep steps within the cycle are performed automatically, con- trolled by the dwell time. If one cycle is completed, the instrument waits for the next trigger event.
  • Page 281 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "Extern Step" Generates the sweep signal step-by-step, manually triggered. To trigger a sweep step, apply an external trigger signal. The step width corresponds to the step width set for the rotary knob. Example:...
  • Page 282 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Start Freq Sets the start frequency. Remote command: on page 760 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:STARt Stop Freq Sets the stop frequency. Remote command: on page 760 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:STOP Current Freq Displays the current frequency. In sweep "Step" mode, the parameter is editable and you can enter frequency for the next step.
  • Page 283 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Retrace - LF Frequency Sweep Activates that the signal changes to the start frequency value while it is waiting for the next trigger event. You can enable this feature, when you are working with sawtooth shapes in sweep mode "Single"...

  • Page 284: Pulse Generator

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block The "Dwell Time" set by the user is used as the step time of the sweep. The effective net dwell time is shorter, reduced by the setting time. This setting time may be greater than the time specified in the data sheet.
  • Page 285 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block To access the pulse generator settings ... ► Select "RF/A Mod > config... > Pulse Generator" or use the MENU key under "RF/A Mod". Alternatively, you can configure the pulse generator in the "Pulse Modulation"...
  • Page 286 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Pulse Width - Pulse Generator Sets the width of the generated pulse. The width determines the pulse length. The pulse width must be at least 20 ns less than the set pulse period.
  • Page 287 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "Ext Triggered" The pulse generator signal is triggered by an external trigger event. Example: Generation of pulse signals using trigger modes Ext Triggered (Single Pulse) The measurement is performed using a 6-dB-attenuator. Parameter...
  • Page 288 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Parameter Value Double Pulse Width 100 ns Double Pulse Delay 200 ns Pulse Period, Pulse Delay Channel 1 = Indicates the external trigger signal. The negative slope is active. A sec- ond trigger signal during double pulse generation is without effect.
  • Page 289 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "Ext Gated" The pulse generator signal is gated by an external gate signal. Example: Generation of pulse signals using trigger mode Exter- nal Gated (Single Pulse) The measurement is performed using a 6-dB-attenuator.

  • Page 290: Rf Sweep And List Mode

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Gate Input Polarity - Pulse Generator (Trigger Mode External Gated only) Selects the polarity of the Gate signal. The signal is supplied via the PULSE EXT connector. "Normal" The pulse signal is generated while the gate signal is high.

  • Page 291: Rf Frequency Sweep

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Setting a sweep A sweep is set in five basic steps which are shown below taking a frequency sweep as an example. 1. Set the sweep range ("Start Freq" and "Stop Freq" or "Center Freq" and "Span").
  • Page 292 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block RF Frequency Sweep Settings ► To access the sweep dialog, select "RF/A Mod > configure > Sweep/List > RF Fre- quency Sweep". In these dialogs you can configure the corresponding sweep signal. State - Frequency Sweep Activates RF sweep mode.
  • Page 293 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "Single" Generates a single sweep cycle after a trigger event. The sweep steps within the cycle are performed automatically, con- trolled by the dwell time. If one cycle is completed, the instrument waits for the next trigger event.
  • Page 294 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "Extern Single" Generates a single sweep cycle when an a external trigger event occurs. The sweep steps within the cycle are performed automatically, con- trolled by the dwell time. If one cycle is completed, the instrument waits for the next trigger event.
  • Page 295 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Remote command: on page 808 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:EXECute on page 844 :TRIGger<hw>:FSWeep[:IMMediate] on page 848 :TRIGger<hw>[:SWEep][:IMMediate] Reset Sweep - Frequency Sweep Resets the sweep. With the next trigger event, the sweep starts with at the initial value.
  • Page 296 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Shape - RF Frequency Sweep Selects the waveform shape of the sweep signal. "Sawtooth" One sweep runs from start to stop frequency. Each subsequent sweep starts at the start frequency, that means the shape of the sweep sequence resembles a sawtooth.
  • Page 297 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Depending on the Spacing - Frequency Sweep mode you have set, the corresponding parameter is displayed. "Step Lin" The step width is a constant value in Hz. Remote command: on page 811 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP[:LINear] "Step Log"...

  • Page 298: Rf Level Sweep

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "Negative" activates the falling edge of the trigger signal. Remote command: on page 744 [:SOURce]:INPut:TRIGger:SLOPe 5.5.14.3 RF Level Sweep To open the "Level Sweep" menu, select "RF/A Mod > Configure > Level Sweep" or use the MENU key under "RF/A Mod".
  • Page 299 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "Auto" Sets an automatically repeated sweep cycle. Example: SOUR:SWE:POW:MODE AUTO TRIG:PSW:SOUR AUTO SOUR:POW:MODE SWE "Single" Sets a single sweep cycle. The sweep is triggered by the "Execute Single Sweep" button, or by means remote trigger commands, e.g.
  • Page 300 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "Extern Single" Sets a single sweep cycle. The sweep is triggered by an external trig- ger signal. Refer to the description of the rear panel for information about the connectors for external trigger signal input (see Chapter 2.2, "Rear...
  • Page 301 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Execute Single Sweep - Level Sweep Triggers the sweep manually. A manual sweep can only be triggered if "Mode Single" is selected. Example: SOUR:SWE:POW:MODE AUTO TRIG:PSW:SOUR SING SOUR:POW:MODE SWE SOUR:SWE:EXEC Remote command: on page 813 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:EXECute...
  • Page 302 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Retrace - RF Level Sweep Activates that the signal changes to the start level value while it is waiting for the next trigger event. It allows you to shift down the power during the waiting period.

  • Page 303: List Mode

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block The "Dwell Time" set by the user is used as the step time of the sweep. The effective net dwell time is shorter, reduced by the setting time. This setting time may be greater than the time specified in the data sheet.
  • Page 304 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block ® provided e.g. by the Microsoft Excel program. The separators for table columns and for decimal floating-point numerals can be set. In addition, internally created List data can be exported into ASCII files using the export function.
  • Page 305 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Remote command: on page 738 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MODE Mode - List Mode Selects the cycle mode of the List mode. "Auto" Cycle from the beginning to the end of the list with automatic restart at the beginning. If a different mode was activated prior to the Auto mode, the cycle continues from the beginning of the list.
  • Page 306 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Remote command: on page 778 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:RESet Dwell Time - List Mode Enters the dwell time. The dwell time determines the duration of a list step in list oper- ating modes "Auto", "Single" and "Extern Single". In these modes a complete list is pro- cessed either once or continuously.
  • Page 307 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block List Mode Data... - List Mode Calls the "File Select" menu for selecting and creating a list or the "File Manager". Remote command: on page 779 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:SELect on page 769 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DELete on page 770 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DELete:ALL...
  • Page 308 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block "Insert Row" Inserts a new row before the marked row. "Insert Range" Inserts new rows before the marked row. The number of rows to be inserted can be defined in an entry window.
  • Page 309 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Externally edited Excel tables with frequency/level pairs can be imported as text or CSV-files and used for list mode. On the other hand, internally created list mode lists can be exported as text or CSV- files.
  • Page 310 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A RF Block Select Destination / Source - List Mode Calls the "File Manager" for selecting the list mode list to be exported (source) into an ASCII file or the destination for the ASCII file to be imported (destination) in.

  • Page 311: I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block Remote command: n.a. Select column to fill Selects either the frequency or the level column to be filled with the value defined below. Remote command: n.a. Start value Sets the start value for the frequency or the level entries.

  • Page 312: I/Q Modulator

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block I/Q modulation with an external analog I/Q signal is possible for the basic unit (R&S SMBV with frequency option R&S SMBV-B10x) without additional equipment options. The basic equipment configuration for generating an internal baseband signal includes the option R&S SMBV-B10 (Baseband Generator and ARB Module) and one of the...

  • Page 313: I/Q Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block Use the "I/Q Mod In" section to select the input signal: ● select "Analog Wideband I/Q In", if the external analog signal is fed into the I/Q modulator. The maximum available RF bandwidth is described in the instruments specifica- tions (see data sheet).

  • Page 314: General I/Q Mod Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block I/Q control can be swapped in the lower section of the menu and the optimized settings for wideband modulation signals can be activated. The bottom section of the menu differs depending on the selected input signal ("Analog Wideband I/Q Input"...

  • Page 315: Impairments

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block 5.6.2.2 Impairments I/Q impairment for specific impairment of the I/Q modulation is set in the "Impairments" section. State - Impairments I/Q Mod Activates/deactivates I/Q impairment. If activated, the settings for leakage, I/Q imbalance and quadrature offset become effective.
  • Page 316 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod Block I/Q-Swap - I/Q Mod Selects normal or swapped I/Q control for an external analog signal. The modulation sidebands are inverted by swapping the I and Q signals. This parameter enables I/Q modulation to be performed on signals according to IS2000 (cdma2000 standard) and the majority of all other standards.

  • Page 317: Analog Wideband I/Q Input

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block The modulation frequency response is decreased at the expense of poorer harmonic suppression. This is achieved by shifting the switching frequencies of the lowpass fil- ters in the output section.

  • Page 318: Impairments

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Selecting the menu item "I/Q Impairments (Digital Baseband)..." opens the I/Q impair- ment settings dialog. This dialog covers the settings for I/Q impairment, like carrier leakage, imbalance and quadrature offset.

  • Page 319: I And Q Offset

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Figure 5-13: Effect of an increased amplitude in the I/Q constellation diagram An I gain multiplies the I amplitudes by a factor, leaving the Q amplitudes unchanged.

  • Page 320: Quadrature Offset

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Figure 5-15: I offset (left) and Q offset (right) in the I/Q constellation diagram 5.7.1.3 Quadrature Offset Changes the phase angle between the I and the Q vectors from the ideal 90 degrees, while the amplitudes are maintained.
  • Page 321 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block I/Q impairment is activated and set in the "I/Q Impairments" section. "Internal compensation" of signal distortions of the RF output can be activated / deacti- vated.
  • Page 322 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Imbalance [dB] = 20log ( | GainQ | / | GainI |) Positive values mean that the Q vector is amplified more than the I vector by the corre- sponding percentage.

  • Page 323: Awgn - Noise Generator

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Use the parameter Optimize internal IQ-Impairments for RF Output - Digital Impair- ments to determine whether the optimization is performed for the RF signal or for the signal at the differential I/Q output.

  • Page 324: Awgn Settings Dialog

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block 5.7.2.1 AWGN Settings Dialog To open the "AWGN Settings" menu for setting the noise generator, select "AWGN/IMP > Configure > AWGN" or use the MENU key under "AWGN/IMP".
  • Page 325 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Mode - AWGN Selects the mode for generating the interfering signal. "Additive Noise" The AWGN noise signal with selectable system bandwidth is added to the baseband signal.
  • Page 326 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Remote command: on page 593 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:BWIDth:NOISe? Display Mode - AWGN Switches between Baseband and RF representation. This setting influences the way the interfering parameters are displayed, as for exam- ple the SNR value defined as C/N, or as S/N.
  • Page 327 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block "E " The noise power is set on the basis of the value entered for the ratio of bit energy to noise power density.
  • Page 328 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Sets the carrier/noise, signal/noise or signal/inerferer ratio. Whether a configuration of C/N or S/N is enabled, depends on the selected "Display Mode". ● In "Carrier Reference Mode", this entry determines the RFI power and thus the power of the output signal.
  • Page 329 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block ● In "Noise Reference Mode", this parameter indicates the carrier power which is derived from the entered C/N or S/N value. This value corresponds to the "Level"...

  • Page 330: Output Of The Baseband Signal - I/Q Out

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Remote command: on page 597 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:NOISe Noise Power (Total Bandwidth) - AWGN Displays the power of the noise signal in the total bandwidth in "Noise Only" and "Addi- tive Noise"...

  • Page 331: I/Q Out Settings Menu

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block The digitally modulated signal can either be output directly or converted to an analog I/Q baseband output signal. The analog baseband signal can be output single-ended or differential (non-inverted).
  • Page 332 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Optimize I/Q Signals for RF Output Activates/deactivates optimization of level accuracy and imbalance for RF Output. Level accuracy and imbalance can be either optimized for RF output (active) or for dif- ferential outputs (not active).
  • Page 333 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block "Var. Attenuated" Enables a precise digital attenuation of the signal. The level of the baseband and the RF signal is attenuated by the value set with the...
  • Page 334 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Impairment of Digital I/Q Signal and Noise Generator - AWGN/IMP Block Offset (EMF) (available only for output type "Differential" only) Sets an offset between the inverting and the non-inverting output. The value range is dynamically adjusted in order to respect the following constrains: The maximum overall voltage ("Level...

  • Page 335: Digital I/Q Output Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Digital I/Q Output Settings 5.8 Digital I/Q Output Settings The output of the digital baseband signal requires the option R&S SMBV-K18, Digital Baseband Connectivity. If this option is connected, the instrument adds as separate function block to the block diagram, the "BB In/Out" block.

  • Page 336: Signal Output

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Digital I/Q Output Settings "User Defined" The internally generated clock reference signal is used. The sample rate is calculated and displayed in the field "Value". "Digital I/Q An external clock reference signal is used. The clock signal is directly fed in via pin CLK2 of the digital output interface (option R&S SMBV-...

  • Page 337: User Variation

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Digital I/Q Output Settings The level entry fields and the corresponding unit are displayed in the status bar. The level display always refers to both signal components (SQR(I Remote command: on page 754 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:POWer:LEVel 5.8.4 User Variation If the level is set using the rotary knob, the step width is defined in the User Variation section.

  • Page 338: Power On Settings

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Reset - Digital I/Q Out Executes a reset of the overflow hold state and LED. Remote command: on page 753 [:SOURce]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:OFLow:HOLD:RESet 5.8.6 Power On Settings The power on behaviour of the R&S SMBV is set in the "Power On Settings" section.

  • Page 339: Working With The Baseband Signal

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The equipment layout for generating the internal, digital modulation signals includes the options Baseband Generator (B10) and/or one of the ARB only options (B51/K51x). The ARB options feature different ARB memory sizes (see data sheet). Apart from the memory size, however, the options offer the same functionality, either one can be installed.
  • Page 340 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Figure 5-17: Setting range for frequency offset Example: Calculating the maximum frequency offset This example uses the following signal: ● "Standard = 3GPP FDD" ● "Chip Rate = 3.84 Mcps"...

  • Page 341: Data And Signal Sources In Baseband

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Phase Offset Enter the relative phase offset for the baseband signal. A phase offset rotates each point of an I/Q constellation diagram by the specified phase offset. The phase offset affects the signal on the "Baseband block" output.

  • Page 342: Internal Prbs Data And Data Patterns

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Externally computed waveform files can be loaded in the instrument using computer interfaces or IEC bus. Waveform files are processed with the aid of the Arbitrary Waveform Generator (ARB), Chapter 5.9.4, "Arbitrary Waveform Generator ARB",...

  • Page 343: Internal Modulation Data From Lists

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Simple data patterns such as binary 0 strings or 1 strings can also be used as internal modulation data. The "Data Source" selection from the menus is "ALL 0", "ALL1". A variable bit string with a maximum length of 64 bits can be entered in an input field by selecting "Pattern."...

  • Page 344: Synchronous Signal Generation

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block External clock reference An external clock is always supplied via the CLOCK connector. When the external clock reference is selected, the internal clock is synchronized to it. The table bellow gives an overview of the connectors the internal clocks are output at.
  • Page 345 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The instruments have to be configured and connected as described in the following sections. This straightforward method ensure the simultaneous and synchronous signal genera- tion in both the baseband and the RF part. However, to ensure even better phase coherence of the signal at the RF outputs, the LO Coupling feature of the R&S SMBV...
  • Page 346 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Figure 5-21: Connection of several R&S SMBVs for synchronous signal generation Some applications require a common external trigger source for all instruments. The connections necessary for this case are not shown on figure above and not considered in this description.
  • Page 347 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block SCPI Command: BB:DM:CLOC:SYNC:MODE MAST 3. Perform "Set Synchronization Settings". SCPI Command: BB:DM:CLOC:SYNC:EXEC The synchronization settings are automatically set. The synchronization clock (including the trigger signal) and the reference clock of the master instrument are output on the CLK OUT and the REF OUT connectors and supplied to the slave instrument.

  • Page 348: Control Signals

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The "Synchronization State" parameter of the slave instrument displays whether the synchronization is achieved or not. Each of the slave instruments calculate and compensate the expected timing delay caused by the used cables.
  • Page 349 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Possible applications ● Use the "Level Attenuation" function to simulate radio stations located at various distances. ● Use the "Power Ramp" function if it is necessary to control the RF output signal envelope synchronously, e.g.

  • Page 350: Trigger Signals

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Figure 5-23: Impact of the ramp settings = "Ramp Function" 2, 3 = "Rise Delay", "Fall Delay" = "Ramp Time" 5.9.2.6 Trigger Signals In the R&S SMBV, trigger signals are internally generated or externally supplied sig- nals which start signal generation at a particular point in time.

  • Page 351: Marker Output Signals

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block frames, for example in the course of base station tests, and yet the signal can still be generated synchronously. In each frame the base station generates a trigger which would cause a signal generation restart every time but for the suppression.
  • Page 352 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Example: "Symbol Rate = 1 Msym/s", "Divider = 2" The marker frequency is 500 kHz, corresponding to a marker period of 2 us. Each On and Off period has a length of 1 us, corresponding to one symbol period. With a divider of 4 (6, 8 ...), the length of each On and Off period is increased to 2 (3, 4, ...) symbol...

  • Page 353: Digital Modulation - Custom Digital Modulation

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Example: In the following example, the marker signal is defined by an "On Time" = 1 and "Off Time" = 2. 5.9.3 Digital Modulation - Custom Digital Modulation The R&S SMBV can generate digital modulation signals with user-definable character- istics.
  • Page 354 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block dures 256QAM and 1024QAM are not specified in this standard, but have been pro- duced according to the same basic principles. In the case of all FSK procedures, the user can set the symbol rate fSYMB up to a maximum value (see data sheet).
  • Page 355 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block pi/4-QPSK pi/2-DBPSK pi/4-DQPSK 2 bits per symbol pi/4rotation 1 bit per symbol 2 bits per symbol SOUR:BB:DM:FORM P4QP Differential coding, pi/2 rotation Differential coding, pi/4 rotation SOUR:BB:DM:FORM P2DB SOUR:BB:DM:FORM P4DQ...
  • Page 356 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block 32QAM EDGE 64QAM 128QAM 5 bits per symbol, -pi/4 rotation 6 bits per symbol 7 bits per symbol SOUR:BB:DM:FORM QAM32EDge SOUR:BB:DM:FORM QAM64 SOUR:BB:DM:FORM QAM128 256QAM 1024QAM 4096QAM 8 bits per symbol...

  • Page 357: Coding - Custom Digital Mod

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block 2FSK 4FSK 1 bit per symbol, FSK deviation 1 bit per symbol 2 bit per symbol SOUR:BB:DM:FORM MSK SOUR:BB:DM:FORM FSK2 SOUR:BB:DM:FORM FSK4 SOUR:BB:DM:FSK:DEV 0.1 MHz In addition to the FSK modulations, a variable FSK modulation with definable deviation per symbol is available.
  • Page 358 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Table 5-3: Permissible coding combinations for modulation symbols and modulation type Differ- Phase Diff. Gray NADC, TFTS/ INMARSAT, APCO25 APCO25 ential Diff. +Gray PDC, TETRA ICO, (FSK) (8PSK) PHS, WCDMA,...
  • Page 359 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block however assigned to the individual modulation symbols. The following tables show the assignment of modulation symbols to phase shifts of the I/Q vector in relation to the selected coding. Table 5-4: Phase shifts for pi/4DQPSK...

  • Page 360: Baseband Filter - Custom Digital Mod

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block By means of differential coding, the assignment between modulation symbols and phase differences shown in the following table is generated: Modulation sym- bol a (binary, MSB, LSB) Phase difference 0°...
  • Page 361 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Table 5-7: Baseband filter Cosine Root Cosine Gauss (FSK) Roll Off Factor Roll Off Factor B x T SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE COS SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE RCOS SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE GAUS SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:PAR:COS 0.99 SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:PAR:RCOS 0.99 SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:PAR:GAUS 2.5...
  • Page 362 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block cdmaOne + Equalizer cdmaOne 705 kHz + Equalizer cdma2000 3X SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE COE SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE COFE228 SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE DM3x APCO25 APCO25 (H-CPM) APCO25 (LSM) Roll Off Factor SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE APCO25Hcpm SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE APCO25Lsm SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE APCO25 Gauss Cut Off Frequency SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:PAR:APC 0.5...
  • Page 363 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Split Phase Rectangular Dirac SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE RECT SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE DIRac SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE SPH SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:PAR:SPH 0.15 Lowpass ACP opt. Lowpass EVM opt. EUTRA/LTE SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE LPASs BB:DM:FILT:TYPE LPASSEVM SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:TYPE LTEFilter SOUR:BB:DM:FILT:PAR:LAPS 0.5 BB:DM:FILT:PAR:LAPSSEVM 0.5 These predefined filters are designed for the special spectrum characteristics of the dif- ferent communication standards.
  • Page 364 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Cut Off Frequency The cut-off frequency or corner frequency is a filter characteristic that defines the fre- quency at the 3 dB down point. This frequency is bound to the transition band; here the filter characteristic changes form the passband to the stopband, where the signal is suppressed.

  • Page 365: Conflicting Settings - Custom Digital Mod

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block ● A "Cut Off Frequency Shift" = -1 results in a very narrow-band filter ● Increasing the value up to 1 makes the filter more broad-band ● By "Cut Off Frequency Shift" = 0, the -3 dB point is at the frequency determined by the half of the selected "Sample Rate".
  • Page 366 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The menu for setting digital modulation can be opened either in the "Baseband" block or in the menu tree under "Baseband". The "Custom Digital Modulation" menu enables direct selection of the data source, standard, symbol rate, coding, modulation type and filter.
  • Page 367 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The buttons in the lower part of the menu open submenus for power ramping and for configuring triggers, markers and clocks. In each case the current setting is displayed next to the button.
  • Page 368 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Parameter Value State Trigger Mode Auto, Source Internal Clock Source Internal Mode Symbol Remote command: on page 649 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRESet Save/Recall Calls the "Save/Recall" dialog. From the "Save/Recall" dialog the "File Select" windows for saving and recalling the complete settings in the "Custom Digital Modulation"...
  • Page 369 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block You may choose from the following data sources: "All 0, All 1" 0 data or 1 data is internally generated. "PRBS, PRBS PRBS data in accordance with the IUT-T with period lengths between Type"...
  • Page 370 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Set acc. to Standard Selects a standard. After selection, modulation parameters "Modulation Type", "Symbol Rate", "Filter" and "Coding" are automatically set in accordance with the standard. If one of these parameters is subsequently altered, the display changes to User. The User setting can be saved to a file so that it can be recalled at some later time ("Save/...
  • Page 371 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Standard Modulation Symbol Rate Filter Coding Parameter for SCPI command TETRA pi/4 DQPSK 18.0 ksym/s Root Cosine, alpha = TETRA TETRa 0.35 WCDMA 3GPP QPSK 45° Offset 3.84 Msym/s Root Cosine, alpha =...
  • Page 372 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The menu offers only the coding settings that are permissible for the chosen modula- tion type. The other coding methods are grayed out. If the system is subsequently switched to a modulation type for which the selected cod- ing is not available, coding is automatically set to OFF.
  • Page 373 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 669 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FSK:DEViation Angle Alpha For AQPSK modulation, sets the angle alpha between the point (0,0) and the I axis. Remote command: on page 667 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:AQPSk:ANGLe More - Modulation Type Calls the submenu which displays the mapping of the currently selected modulation type and the digital modulation delay in the case of an external data source.
  • Page 374 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block FSK Type (Variable FSK only) Selects the FSK modulation type for selection "Variable FSK". You may choose from 4FSK, 8FSK and 16FSK. Remote command: on page 670 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FSK:VARiable:TYPE Deviation xxxx (Variable FSK only) Set the deviation of the associated symbol.
  • Page 375 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 652 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SWITching:STATe Source Mod - CW Selects the CW control signal for switching between a modulated and an unmodulated signal. "Internal" The CW signal in the control list is used for the control.
  • Page 376 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Oversampling Determines the upsampling factor. If the check box is activated, the most sensible parameter values are selected. The value depends on the coherence check. If the check box is deactivated, the values can be changed manually.
  • Page 377 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Trigger/Marker/Clock" on page 371. Remote command: n.a. Execute Trigger Executes trigger manually. A manual trigger can be executed only when an internal trigger source and a trigger mode other than Auto have been selected.
  • Page 378 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Data Parameter Selection Digital data "Source" DList Marker "Marker Mode" CList Control signals "Source" Internal CW, Level Attenuation and Burst Gate The data editor is called using the "Edit Data List..." and "Edit Control List ..." buttons.
  • Page 379 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Data List Editor The "Data List Editor" for editing the selected data list is called up in the "List Manage- ment" submenu of the "Custom Digital Modulation" main menu by means of the "Edit Data List..."...
  • Page 380 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: n.a. Cut ← Data List Editor Cuts the selected values. Remote command: n.a. Paste ← Data List Editor Pastes the values that have been copied or cut before.
  • Page 381 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The marker signals defined in the Control and Marker List Editor are activated by selecting the Marker mode "CList" in the "Trigger/Marker/Clock" menu. The control sig- nals have to be activated by selecting an "Internal Source" in the respective setting menu, e.g.
  • Page 382 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 678 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:SELect on page 677 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:DATA Configure Control Signal Displays the colour the marker/control signal has been assigned. Displays whether the "CList" marker type has been selected in the Trigger/Marker/ Clock menu for this marker.
  • Page 383 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: n.a. Preset Type Activates presetting for the ramp characteristic of the selected control signal. The pre- setting is selected with "Preset Type" and activated by means of the "Preset" button.
  • Page 384 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The bit position is specified in the "Ramp Position" column, the high or low signal sta- tus in the "Ramp State" column. At the end of the list, there is always a blank row for entering new values.
  • Page 385 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Power ramping is possible up to a symbol rate of 5 MHz. If a higher symbol rate is set, power ramping is automatically switched off and an error message is output.
  • Page 386 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 673 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:TIME Rise Delay Sets the offset in the rising edge of the envelope at the start of a burst, see Fig- 5-23. A positive value gives rise to a delay (the envelope length decreases) and a negative value causes an advance (the envelope length increases).
  • Page 387 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The "Trigger In" section is where the trigger for the modulation signal is set. Various parameters will be provided for the settings, depending on which trigger source - inter- nal or external - is selected. The current status of signal generation ("Running" or "Stopped") is indicated for all trigger modes.
  • Page 388 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Armed_Ret- The digital modulation signal is generated only when a trigger event rigger" occurs. Then the signal is generated continuously. Every subsequent trigger event (internal with "Execute Trigger" or external) causes a restart.
  • Page 389 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Trigger Source Selects trigger source. "Internal" The trigger event is executed by "Execute Trigger". As a precondition a trigger mode other than "Auto" must be selected. "External" The trigger event is executed with the aid of the active edge of an external trigger signal.
  • Page 390 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "On" Corresponds to the default state of this parameter. The signal calculation starts simultaneously with the external trigger event but because of the instrument’s processing time the first sam- ples are cut off and no signal is outputted. After elapsing of the inter- nal processing time, the output signal is synchronous to the trigger event.
  • Page 391 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block This enables the R&S SMBV to be synchronized with the device under test or other external devices. The parameter Actual Trigger Delay displays the delay converted in time. Remote command: on page 659 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger[:EXTernal<ch>]:DELay...
  • Page 392 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Current Range without Recalculation" Displays the dynamic range within which the delay of the marker sig- nals can be set without restarting the marker and the signal. Move the setting mark to define the delay.
  • Page 393 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Clock Source Selects the clock source (also see section "Clock Signals", page 2). "Internal" The internal clock reference is used. "External" The external clock reference is fed in as the symbol clock via the REF IN connector.

  • Page 394: Arbitrary Waveform Generator Arb

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Global Trigger/Clock/Input Settings Calls the "Global Trigger/Clock/Input Settings" menu. This menu is used among other things for setting the trigger threshold, the input impedance and the polarity of the clock and trigger inputs.
  • Page 395 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The ARB generator enables the calculation and the generation of multi segment and multi carrier waveform files as well as the build in function to create a test waveform (e.g. a sine or rectangle signal) and keep it as a file or in the RAM.
  • Page 396 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block In general the I/Q samples are located on a deformed circle which is confined to the dashed square in the upper diagrams. ● Rect Test Signal: Rectangle signal with selectable but equal On and Off periods and amplitude.
  • Page 397 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Figure 5-24 depicts the stages involved in the processing and resampling of a waveform in the ARB. Figure 5-24: Processing of the waveform files in the ARB The used system clock and sample rate depend on the installed otions. In this descrip- tion, we assume an instrument equipped with the combination of R&S SMBV-B10/...
  • Page 398 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The I/Q data and marker data are located in separate memory areas of the SDRAM and can be independently configured whereas each marker signal requires one bit of the available memory size. In some cases, it might be useful to generate a modulation signal without additional marker signals in order to increase the maximum waveform length.

  • Page 399: Arb User Interface

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Example: This example is based on a signal with 1 MHz clock frequency ("Baseband > ARB > Clock Frequency > 1 MHz"). Step 1: Enable the following settings: ● "Baseband > ARB > Trigger In > Mode > Armed Auto"...
  • Page 400 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block ARB MOD Main Menu The upper part of the menu is used for powering up, selecting and configuring ARB modulation. The lower part of the menu is used for setting triggers and clocks, as well as for file management.
  • Page 401 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The output is based on the waveform file that is loaded. The name of the waveform file is displayed next to "Load Waveform". If a multi segment waveform is loaded the section "Multi Segment Waveform Options"...
  • Page 402 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 637 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:SELect Waveform Info Opens a dialog with detailed information about the currently selected waveform. The waveform information displayed in this dialog depends on whether the selected waveform file is a multi segment one or not.
  • Page 403 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Trigger/Marker Calls the Trigger and Marker menu. This menu is used to select the trigger source, set the time delay on an external trigger signal and configure the marker output signals (see "Trigger/Marker/Clock Settings"...
  • Page 404 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The "Trigger In" section is where the trigger for the signal is set. Various parameters will be provided for the settings, depending on which trigger source - internal or exter- nal - is selected.
  • Page 405 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The buttons in the last section lead to submenu for general trigger, clock and mapping settings. Trigger In The "Trigger In" section is where the trigger for the signal is set. Various parameters will be provided for the settings, depending on which trigger source - internal or exter- nal - is selected.
  • Page 406 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Signal Duration Defines the length of the signal sequence to be output in the "Single" trigger mode. The unit of the entry is defined under "Signal Duration Unit". It is then possible to out- put deliberately just part of the signal, an exact sequence of the signal, or a defined number of repetitions of the signal.
  • Page 407 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 608 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:SOURce Sync. Output to External Trigger (enabled for "Trigger Source > External") Enables/disables output of the signal synchronous to the external trigger event. For R&S SMBV instruments: For or two or more R&S SMBVs configured to work in a master-slave mode for syn-...
  • Page 408 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Off" The signal output begins after elapsing of the processing time and starts with sample 0, i.e. the complete signal is outputted. This mode is recommended for triggering of short signal sequences with signal duration comparable with the processing time of the instrument.
  • Page 409 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Trigger Inhibit Sets the duration for inhibiting a new trigger event subsequent to triggering. The input is to be expressed in samples. In the "Retrigger" mode, every trigger signal causes signal generation to restart. This restart is inhibited for the specified number of samples.
  • Page 410 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Switching between the segments is triggerd by changing the segment index in the "Next Segment" field. ● When "Next Segment" is selected, the current segment ceases to be output as soon as a trigger event for a new segment occurs, and the new segment starts to be output after a system-imposed signal gap.
  • Page 411 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The regular trigger mode for starting the waveform generation and triggering the whole multi segment sequence is set with the parameters in the "Trigger In" section of the "Trigger/Marker/Clock" dialog.
  • Page 412 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Same Seg- Depending on the trigger setting, the currently selected segment is ment" continuously output either immediately or after a trigger event. Signal generation takes place differently according to the trigger selected in the "Trigger In"...
  • Page 413 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Next Seg- Depending on the trigger setting, the segment selected under "Next ment" Segment" is output either immediately or after a trigger event. ● In the case of "internal Trigger = Auto", output starts at once and the segment is generated continuously.
  • Page 414 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The subsequent trigger event after the last segment causes the first segment to be output again. "Next Segment The segment selected under "Next Segment" is output. This mode is only available if all segments have the same sample Seamless"...
  • Page 415 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Any next segment trigger event (internal or external) causes a switchover to the subse- quent available segment in the waveform. A sequence of external next segment trigger events can be used to cyclical output the segments in the multi segment file.
  • Page 416 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Marker Mode Provides the settings necessary to define the marker output signal for synchronizing external instruments. Marker Mode Marker configuration for up to 4 marker channels. The settings are used to select the marker mode defining the shape and periodicity of the markers.
  • Page 417 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MINimum? on page 606 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MAXimum? on page 606 Fix marker delay to current range Restricts the marker delay setting range to the dynamic range. In this range the delay can be set without restarting the marker and signal.
  • Page 418 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "External" The external clock reference is fed in as the symbol clock via the REF IN connector. While working in master-slave synchronous mode, an external clock source has to be selected for the slave-instrument(s) and the CLOCK IN connector has to be connecter to the CLOCK OUT connector of the master instrument.
  • Page 419 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Sine Test Signals To access the "Sine Test Signals" dialog, in the "ARB MOD" dialog set the parameter "Create Test Signal" to Sine and press "Create Test Signal". The menu can be used to configure a sinusoidal test signal. A sine wave is generated on the I path, and a sine wave of the same frequency but phase-shifted is generated on the Q path.
  • Page 420 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Generate Signal HD (Sine Test Signal) Generates a signal and saves it to a file. The File Select window opens automatically and the signal can be stored as a wave- form file.
  • Page 421 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Offset DC (Rect Test Signal) Enters a DC component. Remote command: on page 616 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:OFFSet Generate Signal HD (Rect Test Signal) Generates a signal and saves it to a file.

  • Page 422: Multi Segment Waveforms

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The File Select window opens automatically and the signal can be stored as a wave- form file. Remote command: on page 615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:CREate:NAMed Generate Signal RAM Generates a signal and uses it as output straight away.
  • Page 423 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Figure 5-25: ARB Multi Segment Waveform Concept It is also possible to create and output a blank segment, i.e. segments containing a zero signal. Typical applications for the multi segment mode are described in section "Typical...
  • Page 424 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block File Concept To provide flexible configuration, the building of a composed multi segment waveform file involves different stages; by completing of each of them, the R&S SMBV creates and stores a dedicated file. The following files are used: ●...
  • Page 425 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Figure 5-26: Example of marker signals The segment begin is defined by the low-high slope of the marker. This applies for switching between two segments as well as in case of segment replay.
  • Page 426 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Figure 5-28: Principle of segment triggering = To simplify the description, an internal next segment trigger event ("Exec. Next Segment") and an internal trigger event ("Execute Trigger") are used; an external trigger event has the same effect on the signal generation.
  • Page 427 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Defining the Transition between the Segments The R&S SMBV provides the parameter "Next Segment Mode" to define the transition to the subsequent segment (see the two graphics below). ● Next Segment: by receiving a Next Segment Event, the ARB aborts immediately...
  • Page 428 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block ● The triangle on the top line denotes a trigger event. A filled triangle on the bottom line denotes a next segment event. ● A green sinewave (or other shape) over a full period indicates one replay cycle of a segment ;...
  • Page 429 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Multi Segment File Contents The upper part of the dialog provides the functions, necessary to create and adjust the contents of the multi segment file. Multi Segment Table The table lists the individual waveforms (segments) of the selected multi segment waveform.
  • Page 430 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 641 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:DELete Shift Seg.# Up/Down Shifts the selected segment up and down. Blank Segment The Blank Segment section is where a blank segment can be configured.
  • Page 431 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:LEVel[:MODE] on page 641 Clock Selects the clock rate mode for the multi segment waveform. "Unchanged" A segment is output with the clock rate defined in the file.
  • Page 432 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Marker Generates a restart marker signal at the beginning of the first seg- 1/2/3/4" ment for the corresponding marker. Use this setting to generate a restart marker for the complete sequence.
  • Page 433 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Save List Saves the current entries of the table in a configuration file, including the level mode, clock mode, segment marker mode and output file name settings. The file name is entered in the "File" menu. Configuration files have the file extension *.inf_mswv.
  • Page 434 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The file name of the waveform file is always determined with the command SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:OFILe Remote command: on page 645 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CREate Create and Load Creates a new multi segment waveform using the current table entries.
  • Page 435 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Sequencing List Displays the name of the selected sequencing list file, i.e. the file with the “play list” set- tings. The sequencing list file has an extension *.wvs and is automatically assigned to but independent from the multi segment file.
  • Page 436 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block n.a. Repetition Cycles ← Sequencing Play List Sets the number of times the selected segment is cyclically repeated before the next segment in the sequence is processed. n.a. Next ← Sequencing Play List Determines the action after completing the current one, like for instance which seg- ment is processed after the processing of the current one is finished.
  • Page 437 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Sequencing Graphic Displays the play list graph according to the current configuration. The graph shows the segment sequence, the segment number and the number of times, the segment is repeated; considered are only the active segments.

  • Page 438: Multi Carrier Waveforms

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block lowing settings enable switching times of approx. 20 ms for segments with the same sample rate and approx. 200 ms for segments with different sample rates: 1. "Extended Trigger Mode" = "Next Segment"...
  • Page 439 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block User Interface To access the "Multi Carrier" dialog, select "Baseband > ARB > Multi Carrier...". The menu can be used to create a multi carrier waveform and save it under its own name.
  • Page 440 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Parameter Value Number of Carriers Carrier Spacing 0 MHz Crest Factor Mode Signal Period Mode Longest file wins Remote command: on page 630 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:PRESet Save/Recall Frame Calls the "Save/Recall" menu.
  • Page 441 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block on page 632 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:SETTing:STORe:FAST on page 631 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:SETTing:STORe General Settings The "General Settings" section is used to configure the Multi Carrier signal. Mode Selects the carrier frequency mode. "Equidistant Carrier Spacing"...
  • Page 442 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Crest Factor Mode Selects the mode for optimizing the crest factor by calculating the carrier phases. The crest factor represents the ratio of the peak voltage value to the rms voltage value.
  • Page 443 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Signal Period Mode Selects the mode for calculating the resulting signal period of the multi carrier wave- form. The carrier table provides an information button to obtain sample rate and file length data of each carrier.
  • Page 444 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "RMS" The individual carriers are leveled based on their RMS power and the configured "Carrier Gain". Example: A multi carrier signal is composed from two waveform files. First carrier "Gain" = 0 dB Second carrier "Gain"...
  • Page 445 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Peak" The individual carriers are leveled based on their peak power and the configured "Carrier Gain". Example: A multi carrier signal is composed from two waveform files. First carrier "Gain" = 0 dB Second carrier "Gain"...
  • Page 446 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Carrier Graph Calls a graphical representation of the current multi carrier configuration in the fre- quency domain. The height of the bars corresponds to the chosen gain of each individual carrier. The bandwidth of the carriers signals is indicated by the width of the bars.
  • Page 447 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block This multi carrier waveform is saved with the file name specified in "Output File". If no file name is specified, the File Manager opens so that the file name can be entered. As with normal waveforms, the file extension is *.wv.
  • Page 448 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: on page 619 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier:COUNt Carrier State Switches the carriers in the range "Carrier Start" to "Carrier Stop" on/off. Remote command: on page 630 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:STATe Carrier Start Defines the start index of the carrier range to which the assistant settings are intended to apply.
  • Page 449 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:POWer:STEP on page 628 Delay Start Sets the delay of the carrier marked by "Carrier Start". Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:DELay[:STARt] on page 627 Delay Step Sets the step width that is used to increment the delay...
  • Page 450 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block State ← Carrier Table Switches On/Off a carrier. Remote command: on page 623 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:STATe Carrier Freq [MHz] ← Carrier Table Sets the carrier frequency. Note: The carrier frequnecy can only be set in "Arbitrary Carrier frequency" mode.

  • Page 451: Multi Carrier Continuous Wave

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Example: A conflict is indicated both in the table, as well as in the graph, as shown in the follow- ing figures: example without carrier conflicts example with carrier conflicts Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:CONFlict?

  • Page 452: Multi Carrier Cw User Interface

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Multi Carrier CW signals can be very easily configured as broadband test signals and used for such purposes as receiver tests. To access the dialog for setting a Multi Carrier CW signal, select "Baseband > Multi Carrier CW"...
  • Page 453 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block General Settings for Multi Carrier CW The upper part of the menu is used for powering up the Multi Carrier CW signal and calling the default settings. State Enables/disables the Multi Carrier CW.
  • Page 454 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Parameter Value Power Step 0 dB Initial Phase 0° Phase Step 0° Channel Setup State Phase 0° Power 0 dB Remote command: on page 694 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:PRESet Carrier Setup The "Carrier Setup" section is used to configure the Multi Carrier CW.
  • Page 455 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Optimize Crest Factor Mode Selects the mode for automatically minimizing the crest factor. The carrier start phases are automatically set to this. The crest factor represents the ratio of the peak voltage value to the rms voltage value.
  • Page 456 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Carrier Stop Defines the stop index of the carrier range to which the following settings are intended to apply. Remote command: on page 702 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:STOP Carrier State Switches the carriers in the carrier range on/off.
  • Page 457 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Carrier Table Calls the table for configuring individual carriers. This configuration can be checked with the aid of the "Carrier Graph". The table displays the settings of all available carriers. Carriers in the On state are highlighted.
  • Page 458 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: n.a. Trigger/Marker Calls the "Trigger/Marker" dialog (see "Trigger/Marker/Clock Settings" on page 443). This dialog is used to select the trigger source, set the time delay on an external trigger signal and configure the marker output signals.
  • Page 459 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block The "Marker Delay" section is where a marker signal delay can be defined, either with- out restriction or restricted to the dynamic section, i.e., the section in which it is possi- ble to make settings without restarting signal and marker generation.
  • Page 460 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "Retrigger" The signal is generated continuously. A trigger event (internal or external) causes a restart. "Armed_Auto" The signal is generated only when a trigger event occurs. Then the signal is generated continuously.
  • Page 461 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Execute Trigger Executes trigger manually. A manual trigger can be executed only when an internal trigger source and a trigger mode other than "Auto" have been selected. Remote command: on page 703 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:EXECute...
  • Page 462 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block "On" Corresponds to the default state of this parameter. The signal calculation starts simultaneously with the external trigger event but because of the instrument’s processing time the first sam- ples are cut off and no signal is outputted. After elapsing of the inter- nal processing time, the output signal is synchronous to the trigger event.
  • Page 463 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Trigger Inhibit Available on external triggering. Sets the duration for inhibiting a new trigger event subsequent to triggering. In the "Retrigger" mode, every trigger signal causes signal generation to restart. This restart is inhibited for the specified duration.
  • Page 464 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A Baseband Signal - Baseband Block Remote command: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MINimum? on page 710 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MAXimum? on page 709 Fix marker delay to current range Restricts the marker delay setting range to the dynamic range. In this range the delay can be set without restarting the marker and signal.

  • Page 465: External Baseband Signal - Baseband Input

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A External Baseband Signal - Baseband Input "External" The external clock reference is fed in as the symbol clock or multiple thereof via the CLOCK connector. The polarity of the clock input can be changed with the aid of "Global Trigger/Clock Settings".

  • Page 466: Important Signal Parameters

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A External Baseband Signal - Baseband Input The equipment options for the basic unit (R&S SMBV with frequency option R&S SMBV-B10x) includes option R&S SMBV-K18 (Digital Baseband Connectivity) and options R&S SMBV-B10/B51 (Baseband Generator). The R&S SMBV is equipped with the follwoing input interfaces: ●...
  • Page 467 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A External Baseband Signal - Baseband Input Figure 5-29: Relation between the level settings In the instrument, level values are represented as relative to full scale. Fulfilling the prerequisites for a correct signal processing of the externally sup-...

  • Page 468: Bb Input Block

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A External Baseband Signal - Baseband Input The R&S SMBV can process digital signals with sample rate from 400 Hz to 100 MHz, where as the internal signal processing is based on a sample rate with 200 MHz.
  • Page 469 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A External Baseband Signal - Baseband Input Baseband Input General Settings State Switches On/Off the feeding of an external digital signal into the signal path. Note: Analog signals are directly applied to the I/Q modulator. The settings are made in the I/Q Mod menu (see section Chapter 5.6, "I/Q Modulation - I/Q Mod...
  • Page 470 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A External Baseband Signal - Baseband Input "Digital I/Q In" Estimates the sample rate on the digital I/Q input and displays the value in the value field. Note: Estimation works best if the sample rate is close to the user defined value.
  • Page 471 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A External Baseband Signal - Baseband Input Remote command: on page 718 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:DIGital:ASETting:STATe Measurement Period Sets the recording duration for measuring the baseband input signal by "Auto Level Set". For accurate level measurements, the measurement period should be set to a time value that is long enough to capture several periods of the input signal.

  • Page 472: Frequency And Phase Offset

    ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A External Baseband Signal - Baseband Input Overload Indicates that the I/Q input is currently overloaded. This indication also appears in the block diagram close to the I/Q connector of the Baseband Input block. If overload is indicated either the amplitude of the external signal is too high (full scale of 0.5 V) and must be reduced or the entered "Peak Level"...
  • Page 473 ® Instrument Function R&S SMBV100A External Baseband Signal - Baseband Input The complex I/Q bandwidth of the shifted useful signal must not exceed the total avail- able baseband bandwidth (see data sheet). The setting range of the frequency offset is then calculated as described in "Frequency...

  • Page 474: Remote Control Basics

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols 6 Remote Control Basics This chapter provides basic information on operating an instrument via remote control. 6.1 Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols The instrument supports different interfaces for remote control. The following table gives an overview.

  • Page 475: Visa Libraries

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) SCPI commands - messages - are used for remote control. Commands that are not taken from the SCPI standard follow the SCPI syntax rules. The instrument supports the SCPI version 1999.

  • Page 476: Lan Interface

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols ● Instrument messages Instrument messages are employed in the same way for all interfaces, if not indica- ted otherwise in the description. Structure and syntax of the instrument messages are described in Chapter 6.3, "SCPI Command...
  • Page 477 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols preconfigured on the instrument. Software for instrument control and (for specified pro- tocols only) the VISA program library must be installed on the controller. VISA library Instrument access via VXI-11 or HiSLIP protocols is achieved from high level program- ming platforms using VISA as an intermediate abstraction layer.

  • Page 478: Hislip Protocol

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols 6.1.3.1 HiSLIP Protocol The HiSLIP (High Speed LAN Instrument Protocol) is the successor protocol for VXI-11 for TCP-based instruments specified by the IVI foundation. The protocol uses two TCP sockets for a single connection - one for fast data transfer, the other for non- sequential control commands (e.g.

  • Page 479: Lan Interface Messages

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols Socket connections are established on a specially defined port. The socket address is a combination of the IP address or the host name of the instrument and the number of the port configured for remote-control.

  • Page 480: Serial Interface

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols ● <vendor ID> is the vendor ID for Rohde&Schwarz ● <product ID> is the product ID for the R&S instrument ● <serial number> is the individual serial number on the rear of the instrument...

  • Page 481: Gpib Interface Messages

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols ● The total cable length is restricted to a maximum of 15 m; the cable length between two instruments should not exceed 2m. ● A wired "OR"-connection is used if several instruments are connected in parallel, since the slowest instrument determines the speed.

  • Page 482: Gpib Instrument Address

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols Command Effect on the instrument GET (Group Execute Trigger) Triggers a previously active instrument function (e.g. a sweep). The effect of the command is the same as with that of a pulse at the external trigger signal input.

  • Page 483: Starting A Remote Control Session

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session 6.2 Starting a Remote Control Session The instrument and the controller have to be connected with the suitable cable and switched on. A remote control program must open a connection to the instrument (using VISA func- tionality), before it can send commands to and receive device responses from the instrument.

  • Page 484: Returning To Manual Operation

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session The instrument remains in the remote state until it is reset to the local state, see Chapter 6.2.2, "Returning to Manual Operation", on page 469). Tip: Switching from manual operation to remote control and vice versa does not affect the other instrument settings.

  • Page 485: Examples

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session Use the &GTR to enable the LOCAL key if it is locked. 6.2.3 Examples This sections provides examples for setting up the remote control connection, and starting a remote control session.

  • Page 486: Remote Control Over Lan Using Vxi-11 Protocol

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session 6.2.3.2 Remote Control over LAN using VXI-11 Protocol In this example, the I/O software library R&S VISA from Rohde & Schwarz is used to set up a LAN remote control link and remotely control the R&S SMBV. R&S VISA is running on a controller PC with Windows operating system.
  • Page 487 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session 3. In the menu bar, select "Choose VISA Implementation > Rohde & Schwarz Visa". 4. Select "Rohde & Schwarz Visa" and confirm with "OK". 5. In the menu bar, select "Find Resource" to search for the instrument in the LAN.
  • Page 488 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session The "Find and select resource" dialog closes and R&S VISA indicates the instru- ments IP address in the "Resource" field of the main application window. 8. As an alternative to the IP address, you can assign an alias name to the R&S SMBV:...
  • Page 489 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session c) Fill in the "Alias" name, the "VISA Resource String" and the "Device IP Address or host name" as shown in the figure, and confirm with "OK". The "Alias" name is assigned to the instrument.
  • Page 490 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session 2. In the R&S VISA "Basics" tab, enter a SCPI command, e.g. "*IDN?" and confirm with "Query". The instrument is switched to remote control when it receives a command from the controller.

  • Page 491: Remote Control Over Lan Using Socket Communication

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session While remote control is active, the "Remote" icon in the status bar indicates that the instrument is in remote control mode. The operation via the front panel or via mouse and keyboard are locked, allowing a remote control program to be per- formed without interruption.
  • Page 492 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session Setting up a Telnet Connection To control the software, only a telnet program is required. The telnet program is part of every operating system. 1. To establish a Telnet connection with the R&S SMBV, start the telnet program.
  • Page 493 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session After the first remote-control command has been sent, the instrument is in the "REMOTE" state, i.e. instrument control from the front panel or via mouse and key- board is disabled and "REMOTE" is displayed in the status line.
  • Page 494 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session TcpClient.h #include <string> //defines structs for socket handling #include <netinet/in.h> using namespace std; typedef struct sockaddr_in SockAddrStruct; typedef struct hostent HostInfoStruct; class TcpClient public: TcpClient(); ~TcpClient(); void connectToServer( string &hostname, int port );...
  • Page 495 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session currentSocketDescr; SockAddrStruct serverAddress; HostInfoStruct * currentHostInfo; bool clientIsConnected; receiveBufferSize; #include <netdb.h> #include <netinet/in.h> #include <unistd.h> #include "TcpClient.h" TcpClient::TcpClient() : currentHostName( "" ) , currentPort( 0 ) , currentSocketDescr( 0 )
  • Page 496 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session memcpy( (char *) &serverAddress.sin_addr.s_addr, currentHostInfo->h_addr_list[0], currentHostInfo->h_length ); if( connect( currentSocketDescr, ( struct sockaddr *) &serverAddress, sizeof( serverAddress ) ) < 0 ) throw string("can't connect server\n" ); clientIsConnected = true;...
  • Page 497 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Starting a Remote Control Session throw string("error while receiving data\n"); rxString += string( receiveBuffer ); receiving = ( receivedByteCount == receiveBufferSize ); delete [] receiveBuffer; string TcpClient::getCurrentHostName( ) const return currentHostName; int TcpClient::getCurrentPort( ) const return currentPort;...

  • Page 498: Scpi Command Structure

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A SCPI Command Structure while( !terminate ) char buffer[1024]; if( useSingleCommand ) input = singleCommand; //send string else cin.getline( buffer, 1024 ); input = buffer; if( input == "end" ) terminate = true; if( !terminate) client.transmit( input );...

  • Page 499: Syntax For Common Commands

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A SCPI Command Structure The commands can be either device-specific or device-independent (common com- mands). Common and device-specific commands differ in their syntax. 6.3.1 Syntax for Common Commands Common (= device-independent) commands consist of a header preceded by an aster- isk (*), and possibly one or more parameters.

  • Page 500: Long And Short Form

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A SCPI Command Structure 6.3.2.1 Long and short form The mnemonics feature a long form and a short form. The short form is marked by upper case letters, the long form corresponds to the complete word. Either the short form or the long form can be entered;...

  • Page 501: Scpi Parameters

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A SCPI Command Structure Optional mnemonics with numeric suffixes Do not omit an optional mnemonic if it includes a numeric suffix that is relevant for the effect of the command. Example: Definition:DISPlay[:WINDow<1...4>]:MAXimize <Boolean> Command: DISP:MAX ON refers to window 1.

  • Page 502: Special Numeric Values

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A SCPI Command Structure ● M (milli) ● U (micro) ● N (nano) Example: SENSe:FREQ:STOP 1.5GHz = SENSe:FREQ:STOP 1.5E9 Some settings allow relative values to be stated in percent. According to SCPI, this unit is represented by the PCT string.

  • Page 503: Boolean Parameters

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A SCPI Command Structure 6.3.3.3 Boolean Parameters Boolean parameters represent two states. The "ON" state (logically true) is represen- ted by "ON" or a numeric value 1. The "OFF" state (logically untrue) is represented by "OFF"...

  • Page 504: Overview Of Syntax Elements

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A SCPI Command Structure the transmission is not known or if speed or other considerations prevent segmentation of the data into blocks of definite length. 6.3.4 Overview of Syntax Elements The following tables provide an overview of the syntax elements and special charac- ters.

  • Page 505: Structure Of A Command Line

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A SCPI Command Structure Table 6-4: Special characters Parameters A vertical stroke in parameter definitions indicates alternative possibilities in the sense of "or". The effect of the command differs, depending on which parameter is used.

  • Page 506: Responses To Queries

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A SCPI Command Structure Example: HCOP:ITEM ALL;:HCOP:IMM This command line contains two commands. Both commands are part of the HCOP command system, i.e. they have one level in common. If the successive commands belong to the same system, having one or several levels in common, the command line can be abbreviated.

  • Page 507: Command Sequence And Synchronization

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Command Sequence and Synchronization 6.4 Command Sequence and Synchronization IEEE 488.2 defines a distinction between overlapped and sequential commands: ● A sequential command is one which finishes executing before the next command starts executing. Commands that are processed quickly are implemented as sequential commands.

  • Page 508: Preventing Overlapping Execution

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Command Sequence and Synchronization Example: Overlapping command with *OPC The instrument implements INITiate[:IMMediate] as an overlapped command. Assuming that INITiate[:IMMediate] takes longer to execute than *OPC, sending the following command sequence results in initiating a sweep and, after some time, setting the OPC bit in the ESR: INIT;...

  • Page 509: Status Reporting System

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Status Reporting System SINGle; *OPC? For time consuming overlapped commands, you can allow the controller or the instru- ment to do other useful work while waiting for command execution. Use one of the fol-...
  • Page 510 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Status Reporting System Figure 6-1: Graphical overview of the status registers hierarchy OPER = Operation Status Summary Bit RQS/MSS = Service Request Generation = Standard Event Status Summary Bit = Message Available in Output Queue...

  • Page 511: Structure Of A Scpi Status Register

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Status Reporting System ● Standard Event Status, i.e. the Event status Register (ESR) and the Event Status Enable (ESE), see Chapter 6.5.4, "Event Status Register (ESR) and Event Status Enable Register (ESE)", on page 499.
  • Page 512 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Status Reporting System Description of the five status register parts The five parts of a SCPI register have different properties and functions: ● CONDition The CONDition part is written into directly by the hardware or the sum bit of the next lower register.

  • Page 513: Status Byte (Stb) And Service Request Enable Register (Sre)

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Status Reporting System The instrument automatically generates the sum bit for each register. Thus an event can lead to a service request throughout all levels of the hierarchy. 6.5.3 Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE) The STatus Byte (STB) is already defined in IEEE 488.2.

  • Page 514: Event Status Register (Esr) And Event Status Enable Register (Ese)

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Status Reporting System 6.5.4 Event Status Register (ESR) and Event Status Enable Register (ESE) The ESR is defined in IEEE 488.2. It can be compared with the EVENt part of a SCPI register. The event status register can be read out using command *ESR?.

  • Page 515: Operation Status Register (Status:operation)

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Status Reporting System Table 6-8: Meaning of the bits used in the questionable status register Bit No. Meaning 0–15 Not used 6.5.6 Operation Status Register (STATus:OPERation) This condition part contains information on the actions currently being performed by the instrument, while the event part contains information on the actions performed by the instrument since the last readout of the register.

  • Page 516: Serial Poll

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A Status Reporting System Example: Use command *OPC to generate an SRQ . *ESE 1 - set bit 0 of ESE (Operation Complete) *SRE 32 - set bit 5 of SRE (ESB). After its settings have been completed, the instrument generates an SRQ.

  • Page 517: Reset Values Of The Status Reporting System

    ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A General Programming Recommendations larly since faulty commands from the controller to the instrument are recorded there as well. 6.5.8 Reset Values of the Status Reporting System The following table contains the different commands and events causing the status reporting system to be reset.
  • Page 518 ® Remote Control Basics R&S SMBV100A General Programming Recommendations Reacting to malfunctions The service request is the only possibility for the instrument to become active on its own. Each controller program should instruct the instrument to initiate a service request in case of malfunction. The program should react appropriately to the service request.

  • Page 519: Remote Control Commands

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Conventions used in SCPI Command Descriptions 7 Remote Control Commands In the following, all remote-control commands will be presented in detail with their parameters and the ranges of numerical values. For an introduction to remote control and the status registers, refer to Chapter 6, "Remote Control...

  • Page 520: Common Commands

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Common Commands 7.2 Common Commands Common commands are described in the IEEE 488.2 (IEC 625-2) standard. These commands have the same effect and are employed in the same way on different devi- ces. The headers of these commands consist of "*" followed by three letters. Many common commands are related to the Status Reporting System.

  • Page 521: Idn

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Common Commands Returns the contents of the event status register in decimal form and subsequently sets the register to zero. Return values: <Contents> Range: 0 to 255 Usage: Query only *IDN? Identification Returns the instrument identification.

  • Page 522: Pre

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Common Commands Return values: <Options> The query returns a list of options. The options are returned at fixed positions in a comma-separated string. A zero is returned for options that are not installed. Usage:...

  • Page 523: Sav

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Common Commands Sets the instrument to a defined default status. The default settings are indicated in the description of commands. The command is equivalent to SYSTem:PRESet. Usage: Setting only Manual operation: "Preset" on page 118 *SAV <Number>...

  • Page 524: Preset Commands

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Preset Commands *TST? Self-test query Initiates self-tests of the instrument and returns an error code Return values: <ErrorCode> integer > 0 (in decimal format) An error occurred. (For details see the Service Manual supplied with the instru- ment).
  • Page 525 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Preset Commands Example: Presets all instruments settings that are not related to the signal path Usage: Event :SOURce<hw>:PRESet Presets all parameters which are related to the selected signal path. The following functions are only preset by command *RST: Fading, transient recorder.

  • Page 526: Waveform And List Format

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format To maintain security, password settings and all settings protected by these passwords like disabled USB and LAN connections are not changed. Not affected by the "Factory Preset" are also user data, lists or instrument settings files, created for example by means of the Save/Recall function.

  • Page 527: Type: Magic, Xxxxxxxx

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format then described in alphabetical order. Most tags are valid for all three file types. If a tag is valid only for a single file type, e.g. only for a waveform, this fact is indicated in the description.

  • Page 528: Clock: Frequency

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format xxxxxxxx Is an ASCII-coded checksum of the data part of the WAVEFORM tag in the file. This value is always 0 for data lists and control lists. The checksum for waveforms is used for detecting transmission errors.

  • Page 529: Copyright: String

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format Example: {COMMENT: File with data for 3GPP enhanced channels} BB:ARB:WAV:TAG? 'COMMENT' queries the content of the COMMENT tag of the selected wave- form file. Response: 'File with data for 3GPP enhanced channels' the comment on the waveform reads "File with data for 3GPP...

  • Page 530: Date: Yyyy-Mm-Dd;Hh:mm:ss

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format Example: DATA LIST-17: #d0d1...dx...d127} 16 bytes containing 128 data bits, first bit is the MS bit of the first byte. Usage: Setting only {DATE: yyyy-mm-dd;hh:mm:ss} (optional) The tag contains the date and time at which the file was created. The year must be expressed as four digits.

  • Page 531: Control Length: Controllength

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format Example: {TYPE:SMU-WV, 837236424} {COPYRIGHT:2003 Rohde&Schwarz SMU} {DATE:2012-07-11;14:38:01} {SAMPLES:80000} {CLOCK:8666666.666666666} {VECTOR MAX:1.000000038569158} {LEVEL OFFS:3.333553817875577e-07,0} {MARKER LIST 1:0:1;1:0;1249:0} {MARKER LIST 2:0:1;1:0;1249:0} {MARKER LIST 3:0:1;1:0;1249:0} {MARKER LIST 4:0:1;1:0;1249:0} {EMPTYTAG-15947:# ...} {WAVEFORM-320017:#IQIQIQ...} The example waveform file contains 436 (0x1b4) bytes before the # sign in the EMPTYTAG;...

  • Page 532: Level Offs: Rmsoffset_Db,Peakoffset_Db

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format To maintain marker signals and waveform data synchronized, set the CONTROL LENGTH to be equal to the number of samples specified with the tag SAMPLES. See also Chapter 7.4.2, "How to Define Periodically Repeating Traces",...

  • Page 533: Samples: Samples

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format {SAMPLES: Samples} (recommended for waveforms) The tag contains the number of I/Q samples in the waveform in ASCII format. On multi-segment waveforms, this tag contains the total I/Q samples of all segments.

  • Page 534: Waveform-Length: #I0Q0I1Q1

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format Example: {MARKER LIST 1: 0:0;10:1;20:0;30:1} BB:DM:CLIS:TAG? 'MARKER LIST 1' Queries the content of the MARKER LIST 1 tag of the selected control list file. Response: '0:0;10:1;20:0;30:1' The marker setting for samples 0 to 9 = 0 (low), for 10 to 19 = 1 (high) and for 20 to 29 = 0.

  • Page 535: Mwv_Segment_Count: Numofseg

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format Setting parameters: Length Specifies the number of bytes in a WAVEFORM tag and is calcula- ted as follows: Length = Number of I/Q pairs * 4 (2 bytes per I and 2...

  • Page 536: Mwv_Segment_Length: Samplesseg0, Samplesseg1

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format {MWV_SEGMENT_LENGTH: SamplesSeg0, SamplesSeg1, …, SamplesSegN-1} (mandatory for multi-segment waveforms) The tag contains a list of I/Q sample lengths for every segment in the multi-segment waveform in ASCII integer format. Example:...

  • Page 537: Mwv_Segment_Clock: Clockseg0, Clockseg1

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format Setting parameters: Mode UNCHANGED The segments may have different clock rates. During the multi segment calculation, the clock rates of all indi- vidual original waveforms were taken over unchanged in the segments of the multi segment output waveform (no software resampling is done).

  • Page 538: Mwv_Segment_Level_Offs

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format {MWV_SEGMENT_LEVEL_OFFS: RMSOffs_dBSg0,PeakOffs_dBSg0, …, RMSOffs_dBSgN-1, PeakOffs_dBSgN-1} (mandatory for multi segment waveforms) The tag contains a list of level pairs in ASCII floating point format, one pair for every segment in the multi segment waveform. The first value of a level pair defines the rms offset and the second value the peak offset relative to the 16-bit full scale modulation (-32767;...

  • Page 539: How To Define Periodically Repeating Traces

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format Figure 7-3: Marker element in 4-bit binary format bit order For standard waveforms the MARKER LIST x tags are a more compact way to define markers, but in prinziple this CONTROL LIST WIDTH4 format can also be used instead of the MARKER LIST x tags.
  • Page 540 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format Figure 7-4: Example: Defining marker traces (CONTROL LENGTH tag is not used) To define a restart marker and a frame start marker, use the following tags: 1. The waveform is 300 samples long, i.e. set {SAMPLES: 300}.

  • Page 541: How To Manually Create A Waveform Using Tag File Format

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format 7.4.3 How to Manually Create a Waveform Using Tag File Format The provided example uses a sine function in the I channel and a cosine function in the Q channel, each with 20 points. The example uses a short program written in the pro- gramming language C to calculate the sine and cosine values (see Example "C-pro-...
  • Page 542 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format Figure 7-7: Contents of SICO.txt: first column Sine (I), second column Cosine (Q) 2. Convert the values from the file SICO.txt into binary format consisting of 16-bit signed integer numbers. The numeric range between –1.0 and +1.0 corresponds to the modulation range of the waveform 16-bit D/A converter of -32767 to +32767.
  • Page 543 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format Figure 7-8: I and Q values calculation and conversion 3. Use an ASCII editor which is able to handle binary data. Create and add the follow- ing mandatory tags before this binary data set can be further processed: ●...
  • Page 544 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format Note: There is no readable representation for binary values in this document. This is why we use the sequence I0Q0I1Q1...InQn to characterize the binary code in the present example. The following figure shows this waveform in a data editor.

  • Page 545: Creating An Ascii C-List Manually

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format // SICO.wv // Generating a binary data set from the I/Q pairs in the file SICO.txt // and storing the result to file SICO.wv FILE *fp_sour, *fp_dest; float i_float, q_float;...
  • Page 546 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A Waveform and List Format Figure 7-9: Representation in the C-List Editor Example: C-List ASCII File C-List in ASCII format, corresponding to C-List editor Figure 7-9: {TYPE:SMU-CL}{COPYRIGHT:2003 Rohde&Schwarz SMU}{DATE:2011-07-19;14:58:44} {HOP LIST:0:0;498:1;506:0}{CW MODE LIST:0:0;380:1}{LEVATT LIST 1:0:0;464:1} {BURST LIST:0:0;122:1;270:0;582:1;924:0}...

  • Page 547: Editing Waveform Files, Data And Control Lists

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A BERT and BLER Subsystems ● The [state: start time] pairs in turn are separated by semicolons ";". ● The list state can be either 0 or 1. ● The time unit is the simple period.
  • Page 548 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A BERT and BLER Subsystems ....................537 :BLER:SETup:CORDer ..................538 :BLER:SETup:DATA[:POLarity] ..................538 :BERT:SETup:DATA[:POLarity] ..................538 :BLER:SETup:DATA:CONNector ..................538 :BERT:SETup:DATA:CONNector ....................539 :BLER:SETup:DENable ....................539 :BERT:SETup:DENable .....................539 :BERT:SETup:IGNore ....................540 :BLER:SETup:MCOunt ....................540 :BERT:SETup:MCOunt ....................540 :BLER:SETup:MERRor ....................540 :BERT:SETup:MERRor ..................541...
  • Page 549 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A BERT and BLER Subsystems :BERT|BLER:STORe <Filename> Stores the current BERT/BLER settings into the selected file; the file extension is assigned automatically. Stored are files with extension *.ber_bler. Setting parameters: <Filename> string Filename or complete file path...
  • Page 550 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A BERT and BLER Subsystems <ClockDetected> integer Status of clock line. 1 = Clock line active. 0 = Clock line not active. <DataDetected> integer Status of data line. 1 = Data line active (only clocked data is detected; if the clock signal is missing, a data change is also not detected).
  • Page 551 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A BERT and BLER Subsystems <ErrorRate> float If no termination criterion has been reached since the beginning of the measurement, the current quotient of "Number of error bits" and "Number of data bits" is entered. As soon as at least one final result has been reached in continuous measurement, the most recent final result is entered.

  • Page 552: Bler:setup:corder

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A BERT and BLER Subsystems Parameters: <Sequence> AUTO | SINGle AUTO Continuous measurement. If one or both termination criteria are met, the measurement in progress is terminated. At the end of a measurement, the restart of a new one is delayed until the first measurement result has been queried with BERT:RES.

  • Page 553: Bler:setup:data[:Polarity]

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A BERT and BLER Subsystems Parameters: <COrder> LSB | MSB The checksum starts with the least significant byte. The checksum starts with the most significant byte. *RST: Example: BLER:SET:CORD MSB the checksum starts with the most significant byte.

  • Page 554: Bler:setup:denable

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A BERT and BLER Subsystems :BLER:SETup:DENable <DEnable> :BERT:SETup:DENable <DEnable> Activates/deactivates the use of the Data Enable signal and the polarity of the signal if it is used. The Data Enable signal marks the data that is actually to be evaluated for the BER measurement.

  • Page 555: Bler:setup:mcount

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A BERT and BLER Subsystems Parameters: <Ignore> OFF | ZERO | ONE Pattern Ignore is not active. Bit sequences consisting of 32 or more consecutive "1" data are not used (i.e. ignored) for the BER mesaurement.

  • Page 556: Bert:setup:restart[:State]

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A BERT and BLER Subsystems Parameters: <Merror> integer Range: 0 to 4294967295 *RST: Example: BERT:SET:MERR 1E4 sets a measurement over 1000 errors. Manual operation: "Max Errors" on page 192 :BERT:SETup:RESTart[:STATe] <State> Activates/deactivates an external restart of the BER measurement.

  • Page 557: Bler:setup:timeout

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A BERT and BLER Subsystems :BLER:SETup:TIMeout <Timeout> :BERT:SETup:TIMeout <Timeout> Sets the time out. Parameters: <Timeout> float Range: 0.1 to 1 Increment: 0.001 *RST: Manual operation: "Timeout" on page 196 :BLER:STARt :BERT:STARt Starts a continuous measurement.

  • Page 558: Bler:stop

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A BERT and BLER Subsystems :BLER:STOP :BERT:STOP Stops an ongoing measurement. These commands automatically set BERT:STATe or BLER:STATe to OFF Example: BERT:STOP stops the measurement. To start a new measurement, the BER measurement must be switched on again by BERT:STATe ON.

  • Page 559: Calibration Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A CALibration Subsystem Example: INP:BERT:IMP G50 The impedance of the BERT inputs is set to 50 ohm to ground. Manual operation: "Impedance" on page 195 [:SOURce]:INPut:BERT:THReshold <Threshold> Sets the high/low threshold of the BERT inputs Clock, Data, Data Enable and Restart.

  • Page 560: Calibration:all[:Measure]

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A CALibration Subsystem Suffix <hw> Suffix Value range Description CALibration<hw> Optional suffix ..................545 :CALibration:ALL[:MEASure]? ................545 :CALibration<hw>:BBIN[:MEASure]? ................546 :CALibration:DATA:FACTory:DATE? .................546 :CALibration<hw>:FMOFfset[:MEASure]? ..............546 :CALibration<hw>:FREQuency[:MEASure]? ................546 :CALibration<hw>:IQModulator:FULL? ................547 :CALibration<hw>:IQModulator:LOCal? ............... 547 :CALibration<hw>:LEVel:ALCTable[:MEASure]? ................547 :CALibration<hw>:LEVel[:MEASure]? ................548 :CALibration<hw>:LEVel:EXTern:DATA ..................

  • Page 561: Calibration:data:factory:date

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A CALibration Subsystem :CALibration:DATA:FACTory:DATE? Queries the date of the last factory calibration. Return values: <Date> string Example: CAL:DATA:FACT:DATE? // "2010-01-01" Usage: Query only :CALibration<hw>:FMOFfset[:MEASure]? Starts all adjustment for the FM/PhiM modulator. Return values: <Measure> 0 | 1...

  • Page 562: Calibration:Iqmodulator:local

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A CALibration Subsystem Example: CAL:IQM:FULL? starts adjustments for the I/Q modulator across the entire fre- quency range. Response: "0" adjustment has been performed successfully Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Adjust I/Q Modulator Full Range" on page 121 :CALibration<hw>:IQModulator:LOCal?

  • Page 563: Calibration:Level:extern:data

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A CALibration Subsystem Return values: <Measure> 0 | 1 Example: CAL:LEV:MEAS? starts adjustments for maximum level accuracy. Response: "0" adjustment has been performed successfully. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Adjust Level" on page 121 :CALibration<hw>:LEVel:EXTern:DATA <Data>...

  • Page 564: Clock Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A DIAGnostic Subsystem 7.7 CLOCk Subsystem The CLOCk system contains the commands for configuration of the signals at the clock output and input connectors.................... 549 :CLOCk:INPut:FREQuency? ....................549 :CLOCk:INPut:SLOPe :CLOCk:INPut:FREQuency? Queries the measured frequency of the external clock signal. An external clock refer- ence must be supplied at the CLOCK input.
  • Page 565 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A DIAGnostic Subsystem :DIAGnostic<hw>:BGINfo? [<Board>] Checks the modules available in the instrument using the variant and revision state. If the command is sent without parameters being specified, a complete list of all mod- ules is returned (the various entries are separated by commas). The length of the list is variable and depends on the instrument equipment configuration.

  • Page 566: Display Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A DISPlay Subsystem :DIAGnostic:INFO:OTIMe? The command queries the number of operation hours. Return values: <OTIMe> float Example: DIAG:INFO:OTIM queries the operation hours. Response: 100023 The instrument was operated for 100023 hours up to now. Usage:...
  • Page 567 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A DISPlay Subsystem Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: n.a. (factory preset: 1) Example: DISP:ANN:AMPL ON Suppresses the level display. Manual operation: "Annotation Amplitude" on page 151 :DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency <State> Indicates asterisks instead of the frequency values in the status bar.
  • Page 568 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A DISPlay Subsystem Usage: Event :DISPlay:DIALog:ID? Returns the dialog identifiers of the open dialogs in a string separated by blanks. Return values: <DialogIdList> string Example: DISP:DIAL:ID? Response: "<dialog ID(1)> <dialog ID(2)> ... <dialog ID(n)>" Returns the dialog identifiers of all opened dialogs.

  • Page 569: Format Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A FORMat Subsystem This mode is recommended for protecting the display, especially if you operate the instrument via remote control. Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: n.a. (factory preset: 0) Example: DISP:PSAV ON Activates screen saver mode.
  • Page 570 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A FORMat Subsystem Parameters: <Border> NORMal | SWAPped NORMal The instrument expects (with setting commands) and sends (with queries) the least significant byte of each IEEE754 floating- point number first and the most significant byte last.

  • Page 571: Hcopy Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A HCOPy Subsystem Parameters: <Format> ASCii | BINary | HEXadecimal | OCTal ASCii The register content is returned as a decimal number. BINary The register content is returned as a binary number. #B is placed in front of the number.

  • Page 572: Hcopy:data

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A HCOPy Subsystem :HCOPy:FILE:NAME:AUTO:FILE:PREFix:"hardcopy" :HCOPy:FILE:NAME:AUTO:FILE:YEAR:STATe 1 :HCOPy:FILE:NAME:AUTO:FILE:MONTh:STATe 1 // uses automatic naming prefix // sets automatic naming prefix to "hardcopy" // uses automatic naming date parameters year and month // ****************************************************************** // Execute and transfer the hard copy...

  • Page 573: Hcopy:image:format

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A HCOPy Subsystem :HCOPy:IMAGe:FORMat <Format> :HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage <Language> Selects the graphic format for the hard copy. You can use both commands alterna- tively. Parameters: <Language> BMP | JPG | XPM | PNG *RST: Example: Example "Store a hard copy of the display"...

  • Page 574: Hcopy:file[:Name]:Auto:directory

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A HCOPy Subsystem :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:DIRectory <Directory> Determines the path to save the hard copy, if you have enabled Automatic Naming. If the directory does not exist, the instrument automatically generates a new directory, using the instrument name and /var/user/ by default.

  • Page 575: Hcopy:file[:Name]:Auto[:File]:Number

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A HCOPy Subsystem Example: Example "Store a hard copy of the display" on page 556. Manual operation: " File Options " on page 157 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO[:FILE]:NUMBer? Queries the number that is used as part of the file name for the next hard copy in auto- matic mode.

  • Page 576: Kboard Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A KBOard Subsystem :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]:AUTO:STATe <State> Activates automatic naming of the hard copy files. Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: Example "Store a hard copy of the display" on page 556.

  • Page 577: Mmemory Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A MMEMory Subsystem :KBOard:LAYout <Layout> Selects the keyboard language. The assignment of some keys depends on the selected language. Parameters: <Layout> CHINese | DANish | DUTCh | DUTBe | ENGLish | ENGUK | FINNish | FRENch | FREBe | FRECa | GERMan | ITALian |...

  • Page 578: Extensions For User Files

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A MMEMory Subsystem should be avoided since they are used in file paths. A number of names are reserved for the operating system, e.g. CLOCK$, CON, AUX, COM1...COM4, LPT1...LPT3, NUL and PRN. In the R&S SMBV all files in which lists and settings are stored are given a characteris- tic extension.
  • Page 579 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A MMEMory Subsystem Function/Digital List type Contents File suffix Standard Configuration Configuration file for creation of multisegment *.inf_mswv data ARB waveforms Play List ARB Sequencing List *.wvs "DM" Data List Digital modulation data *.dm_iqd *.tdm...

  • Page 580: Examples

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A MMEMory Subsystem Function/Digital List type Contents File suffix Standard "EUTRA/LTE" Settings Complete setting of the EUTRA/LTE menu *.eutra Settings TDD Settings *.lte_tdd Settings User-defined IQ-File *.iqw "GPS" Settings Complete setting of the GPS/A-GPS menu *.gps...
  • Page 581 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A MMEMory Subsystem Storing and Loading Current Settings 1. Store the current setting in an intermediate memory with the number 4. This setting can be called using command *RCL and the associated number of the memory, for example *RCL 4.

  • Page 582: Remote Control Commands

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A MMEMory Subsystem MMEM:MOVE 'state.savrcltxt','state_new.savrcltxt' 6. Remove the test directory. MMEM:RDIR '/var/usb/test' 7.13.4 Remote Control Commands ..................... 567 :MMEMory:CATalog? ..................568 :MMEMory:CATalog:LENGth? ....................568 :MMEMory:CDIRectory ......................568 :MMEMory:COPY ......................569 :MMEMory:DATA ..................570 :MMEMory:DATA:UNPRotected ....................572 :MMEMory:DCATalog? ..................572...
  • Page 583 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A MMEMory Subsystem Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Directory, File List and File Name" on page 161 :MMEMory:CATalog:LENGth? <Path> Returns the number of files in the current or in the specified directory. Query parameters: <Path>...
  • Page 584 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A MMEMory Subsystem <DestinationFile> string String containing the path and name of the target file. The path can be relative or absolute. If <DestinationFile> is not specified, the <SourceFile> is copied to the current directory, queried with the :MMEMory: command.
  • Page 585 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A MMEMory Subsystem Example: MMEMory:DATA '/var/user/test.txt',#15hallo Writes the block data to the file test.txt. The digit 1 indicates a length entry of one digit; the digit 5 indi- cate a length of the binary data (hallo) in bytes.
  • Page 586 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A MMEMory Subsystem Setting parameters: <Data> block data I/Q data or marker binary data, where the number of marker ele- ments has to be equal to the number of I/Q samples Binary block data follows the syntax: #<Digits><Length><I0Q0..IxQx…IN-1QN-1>...
  • Page 587 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A MMEMory Subsystem Example: :MMEM:DATA:UNPR "NVWFM:/var/user/wave.wv",#220<I0Q0..IxQx> // the binary data <I0Q0..IxQx> is added to a file named wave.wv // and saved in the selected directory // <I0Q0..IxQx> contains of 20 bytes, i.e. 5 I/Q samples, // 2 bytes for each I and Q component // <I0Q0..IxQx>...
  • Page 588 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A MMEMory Subsystem Usage: Query only :MMEMory:DELete <Filename> Removes a file from the specified directory. Setting parameters: <Filename> string String parameter to specify the name and directory of the file to be removed. Example: "Working with Files and Directories"...
  • Page 589 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A MMEMory Subsystem Manual operation: " Recall " on page 164 :MMEMory:MDIRectory <Directory> Creates a subdirectory for mass memory storage in the specified directory. If no direc- tory is specified, a subdirectory is created in the default directory. This command can also be used to create a directory tree.

  • Page 590: Output Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A OUTPut Subsystem Setting parameters: <Directory> string String parameter to specify the directory to be deleted. Example: "Working with Files and Directories" on page 566. Usage: Event :MMEMory:STORe:STATe <savrcl_state_nr>, <file_name> Stores the current instrument setting in the specified file.
  • Page 591 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A OUTPut Subsystem Return values: <Lower> float Increment: 0.01 Example: OUTP:AFIX:RANG:LOW? queries the minimum level for the FIXed setting. Example: Response: -50 The minimum level is -50 dBm. Usage: Query only Manual operation: " Fixed Range (PEP) In "...
  • Page 592 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A OUTPut Subsystem Manual operation: " Attenuator Mode " on page 223 :OUTPut<hw>:IMPedance? Queries the impedance of the RF outputs. It enables you to convert the output level units between V and W. The impedances cannot be changed.

  • Page 593: Sense, Read And Initiate Subsystems

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems :OUTPut<hw>[:STATe] <State> Activates and deactivates the RF output signal (RF ON / RF OFF). Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: OUTP OFF deactivates the RF output.

  • Page 594: Sense[:Power]:Aperture:default:state

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems Furthermore the following suffixes denote: ● Sensor assignment READ<ch> and INIate<hw>; range: [1] to 4 ● Sensor mapping list: ELEMent<ch>; range [1] to 25 ............. 579 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:APERture:DEFault:STATe ................579 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:APERture:TIMe ................580...

  • Page 595: Initiate[:Power]:Continuous

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems Parameters: <ApTime> float Range: depends on connected power sensor Increment: 1E-9 *RST: depends on connected power sensor Example: SENS:POW:APER:TIM 23ms sets 23 ms aperture time. Manual operation: "Aperture Time"...

  • Page 596: Sense[:Power]:Correction:spdevice:select

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems Example: SENS:UNIT DBM selects unit dBm for presentation of measurement result. READ1? queries the measurement result of the sensor connected to the SENSOR interface. Response: -45.6246576745440230 -45.6 dBm were measured at the given frequency.

  • Page 597: Sense[:Power]:Display:permanent:state

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems Usage: Query only :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:DISPlay:PERManent:STATe <State> The command switches on and off the permanent indication of the power measure- ment result in the upper right corner of the block diagram. For each sensor, the type of sensor, the connector, the measurement source and - if set - the offset is indicated.

  • Page 598: Sense[:Power]:Filter:length[:User]

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:FILTer:LENGth[:USER] <User> The command selects the filter length for user filter mode (SENSe:POWer:FILTer: TYPE USER). As the filter length works as a multiplier for the time window, a constant filter length results in a constant measurement time.

  • Page 599: Sense[:Power]:Filter:sonce

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems Parameters: <MTime> float Range: 1 to 999.99 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: s Example: SENS1:FILT:TYPE NSR selects fixed noise filter mode for the power sensor connected to the SENSOR connector.

  • Page 600: Sense[:Power]:Logging:state

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems Parameters: <Type> AUTO | USER | NSRatio AUTO The filter length is automatically selected depending on the mea- sured value. For high values, a short filter length is selected and for low values a long filter length is selected.

  • Page 601: Sense[:Power]:Offset

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems Example: SENS:SOUR USER selects user-defined source. SENS:FREQ 2.44 GHz enters the RF frequency of the source which is 2.44 GHz. Manual operation: " Frequency " on page 246 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:OFFSet <Offset>...

  • Page 602: Sense[:Power]:Source

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SOURce <Source> The command selects the signal source for the measurement. Parameters: <Source> A | B | USER | RF *RST: Example: SENS:SOUR A selects the RF signal as measurement source. The RF fre- quency is used as the measurement frequency of the sensor and the corresponding correction factor is used.

  • Page 603: Sense[:Power]:Type

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SENSe, READ and INITiate Subsystems SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:TYPE? The command queries the type of sensor. The type is automatically detected. Return values: <Type> string Example: SENS:TYPE? queries the type of sensor connected to the POWER SENSOR connector.

  • Page 604: Source Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem 7.16 SOURce Subsystem The SOURce subsystem contains the commands for configuring the digital and analog signals. SOURce<hw> For one-path instruments, the keyword SOURce is optional and can be omitted. ● SOURce:AM Subsystem..................589 ●...
  • Page 605 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Depth> float Range: 0 to 100 Increment: See data sheet *RST: Example: AM 15PCT sets the 15% AM modulation depth Manual operation: "AM Depth" on page 252 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:EXTernal:COUPling <Coupling> Selects the coupling mode for the external amplitude modulation signal.

  • Page 606: Source:awgn Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:SOURce <Source> Selects the modulation signal source for amplitude modulation. You can use both, the internal and an external modulation signal at a time. Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal | INT,EXT INTernal Uses the internally generated signal for modulation.
  • Page 607 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem ..................595 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:MODE .................596 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:CARRier ................596 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:MODE ................597 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:NOISe ..............597 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:NOISe:TOTal? ................598 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:RMODe ................598 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:SUM? ..............599 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:SUM:PEP? ..................599 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:STATe [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:BRATe <BRate> Sets the bit rate which is used for calculation of bit energy to noise power ratio from carrier/noise ratio for Digital Standard signals.
  • Page 608 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:BWIDth:NOISe? This command is available for modes In Additive Noise and Noise Only (SOUR:AWGN: MODE ADD|ONLY) modes, queries the real noise bandwidth. Return values: <Noise> float Range: 0 to 200E6 Increment: 100...
  • Page 609 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: AWGN:CNR 10 sets a carrier/noise ratio of 10 dB. Manual operation: " Carrier/Noise Ratio / Signal/Noise Ratio " on page 312 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:DISP:MODE <Mode> Selects the display mode to Bseband or RF.
  • Page 610 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:FREQuency:RESult? In CW inerferer mode, queries the actual frequency of the sine. The actual frequency may differ from the desired frequency, since the resolution is limi- ted to 0.7 Hz. Return values: <Result>...
  • Page 611 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: SOURce:AWGN:MODE ONLY SOURce:AWGN:STATe ON selects the generation of a pure noise and activates it Manual operation: " Mode - AWGN " on page 310 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:CARRier <Carrier> available for Additive Noise and CW Interferer (SOUR:AWGN:MODE ADD|CW) modes Sets/queries the carrier or signal power depending on the selected reference mode.
  • Page 612 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: AWGN:DISP:MODE RF sets the display mode to RF SOUR:AWGN:POW:MODE CN the noise power is set on the basis of the value entered for the carrier/noise ratio (AWGN:CNR). Manual operation: "Set Power via - AWGN "...
  • Page 613 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Usage: Query only Manual operation: " Noise Power (Total Bandwidth) - AWGN " on page 315 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:RMODe <RMode> In Additive Noise and CW Interferer (SOUR:AWGN:MODE ADD|CW) modes and Display Mode set to RF (AWGN:DISP:MODE RF), selects the mode for setting the interfering signal.

  • Page 614: Source:bb Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:POWer:SUM:PEP? In Additive Noise and CW Interferer (SOUR:AWGN:MODE ADD|CW) modes, queries the peak envelope power of the overall signal comprised of noise signal plus useful signal. Return values: <Pep> float Range: -145 to 20 Increment: 0.01...

  • Page 615: Source:bb Subsystem General Commands

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem ● SOURce:BB Subsystem General Commands............600 ● SOURce:BB:ARB Subsystem................601 ● SOURce:BB:DM Subsystem.................648 ● SOURce:BB:GRAPhics Subsystem..............686 ● SOURce:BB:IMPairment Subsystem..............689 ● SOURce:BB:MCCW Subsystem................692 ● SOURce:BB:PROGress Subsystem General Commands........715 7.16.3.1 SOURce:BB Subsystem General Commands The following section describes the commands for setting the frequency shift and the phase offset for the signal at the "Baseband"...

  • Page 616: Source:bb:arb Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem 7.16.3.2 SOURce:BB:ARB Subsystem The ARB subsystem contains the commands for setting the ARB Generator. Settings for clock and trigger interfaces and for external outputs are entered in the SOURce:INPut and SOURce:OUTput subsystems.

  • Page 617: Clock Settings

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Clock Settings The CLOCk subsystem contains the commands for setting the clock................602 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk ..............602 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk:MODE .............602 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk:MULTiplier ..............603 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk:SOURce ......... 603 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk:SYNChronization:MODE ........604 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk:SYNChronization:EXECute [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:CLOCk <Clock> The command sets the clock rate in samples. Loading a waveform waveform (ARB:WAV:SEL <name>) sets the clock rate that is defined in the waveform tag 'clock'.
  • Page 618 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Multiplier> integer Range: 1 to 64 *RST: Example: BB:ARB:CLOC:SOUR EXT selects the external clock source. The clock is supplied via the CLOCK connector. BB:ARB:CLOC:MODE MSAM selects clock type Multiple Samples, i.e. the supplied clock has a rate which is a multiple of the sample rate.

  • Page 619: Trigger Settings

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> NONE | MASTer | SLAVe NONE The instrument is working in stand-alone mode. MASTer The instrument provides all connected instrument with its syn- chronisation (including the trigger signal) and reference clock signal.
  • Page 620 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem ........609 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger[:EXTernal<1|2>]:RDELay? ........610 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger[:EXTernal<1|2>]:INHibit ............610 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary[:TRIGger]:SEQuence [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:ARM:EXECute The command stops waveform output for trigger modes Armed_Auto and Armed_Ret- rigger. A subsequent internal or external trigger event restart waveform output.
  • Page 621 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem For two or more R&S SMBVs configured to work in a master-slave mode for synchro- nous signal generation: ● disable this parameter in the slave instruments, in case the master instrument pro- vides the slaves with its internal trigger signal and ●...
  • Page 622 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Current Range without Recalculation" on page 401 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:RMODe? The command queries the status of waveform output or all trigger modes with ARB on. Return values: <RMode> STOP | RUN The waveform is output. A trigger event occurred in the triggered mode.
  • Page 623 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:SLUNit <SLUnit> The command defines the unit for the entry of the length of the signal sequence (SOUR:BB:ARB:TRIG:SLEN) to be output in the "Single" trigger mode (SOUR:BB:ARB:SEQ SING). Parameters: <SLUnit> SEQuence | SAMPle...
  • Page 624 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:DELay:UNIT <TrigDelUnit> Determines the units the trigger delay is expressed in. Parameters: <TrigDelUnit> SAMPle | TIME *RST: SAMPle Manual operation: "External Delay Unit" on page 393 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger[:EXTernal<1|2>]:DELay <Delay> The command specifies the trigger delay (expressed as a number of samples) for external triggering.
  • Page 625 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Actual Trigger Delay" on page 393 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger[:EXTernal<1|2>]:INHibit <Inhibit> Specifies the number of samples by which a restart is to be inhibited following a trigger event. This command applies only in the case of external triggering.

  • Page 626: Marker Settings

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Sequence> AUTO | RETRigger | AAUTo | ARETrigger | SINGle AUTO The waveform is output continuously. RETRigger The waveform is output continuously. A trigger event (internal or external) causes a restart.
  • Page 627 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> UNCHanged | RESTart | PULSe | PATTern | RATio | TRIGger UNCHanged A marker signal as defined in the waveform file (tag 'marker mode x') is generated. RESTart A marker signal is generated at every waveform start.
  • Page 628 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PATTern <Pattern>, <BitCount> The command defines the bit pattern used to generate the marker signal. Parameters: <Pattern> numeric 0 is marker off, 1 is marker on. *RST: <BitCount> integer Range: 1 to 64...
  • Page 629 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:ARB:TRIG:OUTP2:PULS:DIV 4 sets the divider for the marker signal on the output to the value BB:ARB:TRIG:OUTP2:MODE PULS enables the pulsed marker signal. BB:ARB:TRIG:OUTP2:PULS:FREQ? queries the pulse frequency of the marker signal.

  • Page 630: Test Signals Settings

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Test Signals Settings ............615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:CREate ..........615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:CREate ............615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:SINE:CREate ..........615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:CREate:NAMed ........615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:CREate:NAMed ..........615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:SINE:CREate:NAMed ..............615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:I ..............615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:Q ..........616 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:AMPLitude ........616 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:FREQuency ..........616 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:OFFSet...
  • Page 631 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <TSig> float Range: -1 to 1 Increment: 0.001 *RST: Default unit: FS Example: BB:ARB:TSIG:CIQ:Q 0.5 sets the value for the Q component of the test signal. Manual operation: "Q Value (Const IQ Test Signal)"...
  • Page 632 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Offset> float Range: -1 to 1 Increment: 0.001 *RST: Default unit: FS Example: BB:ARB:TSIG:RECT:OFFS 0.5 sets the DC component Manual operation: "Offset DC (Rect Test Signal)" on page 406 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:SAMPles <Samples>...

  • Page 633: Source:bb:arb:mcar Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Phase> float Range: -180 to 180 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: DEG Example: BB:ARB:TSIG:SINE:PHAS 90 sets a phase offset of 90 degrees. Manual operation: "Phase Offset Q (Sine Test Signal)" on page 404 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:SINE:SAMPles <Samples>...
  • Page 634 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem ......... 622 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:POWer ..........622 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:POWer:REFerence .......... 623 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:STATe ..........623 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CFACtor:MODE ..........623 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLIPping:CFACtor ..........624 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLIPping:CUToff ..........624 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLIPping[:STATe] ...............625 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLOad ............625 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLOCk? ..............626 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CREate ........626 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:DELay:STEP ......627 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:DELay[:STARt] ........627 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:EXECute...
  • Page 635 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> EQUidistant | ARBitrary EQUidistant Sets an equidistant carrrier spacing. The carrier frequency in the carrier table is not configurable. ARBitrary Enables you to specify the carrier frequency in the carrier table.
  • Page 636 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Conflict> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:CARR2:CONF? queries the multi carrier conflict state. Response: 0 no conflict has occurred. Usage: Query only Manual operation: " !!! "...
  • Page 637 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Frequency> float Value range depends on the max bandwidth, see data sheet Range: -40E6 to 40E6 *RST: Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:CARR:MODE ARB Activates ARB multi-carrier mode. BB:ARB:MCAR:CARR:FREQ 5.0 Sets 5.0 MHz carrier frequency.
  • Page 638 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Reference> RMS | PEAK *RST: Manual operation: "Power Reference" on page 428 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier<ch>:STATe <State> Enables/disables the selected carrier. Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: SOURce1:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CARRier15:STATe Manual operation: "...
  • Page 639 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem A Target Crest Factor above the crest factor of the unclipped multicarrier signal has no effect. Parameters: <CFactor> float Range: -50 to 50 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: dB Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:CLIP:STAT ON enables clipping.
  • Page 640 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem The resulting clipped peak power is defined by sum of the the RMS level of the unclip- ped multi carrier signal and the input parameter Target Crest Factor. Note that clipping reduces also the RMS level. Hence the resulting crest factor of the clipped signal is slightly above the Target Crest Factor.
  • Page 641 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Clock> float Range: 400 to Max Increment: 1E-3 Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:CLOC? queries the ARB multi carrier output clock rate. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Clock Rate" on page 431 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CREate Creates a multi carrier waveform using the current settings of the carrier table. The multi carrier waveform is saved into the file defined with command SOUR:BB:ARB:MCAR:OFIL.
  • Page 642 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:DELay[:STARt] <Start> The command sets the start delay for the individual carriers in the defined carrier range. If the command :BB:ARB:MCAR:EDIT:CARR:DEL:STEP is used to define a step width, the delay entered here applies only to the starting carrier. The delays of the remaining carriers are stepped up or down by the delay value specified in the :BB:ARB:MCAR:EDIT:CARR:DEL:STEP command.
  • Page 643 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:PHASe:STEP <Step> The command sets the step width by which the start phases of the carriers in the defined carrier range will be incremented. The phase settings are only valid if optimization of the crest factor is disabled (:SOURce:BB:ARB:MCARrier:CFACtor:MODE OFF).
  • Page 644 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Step> float Range: -80 to 80 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: dB Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:EDIT:CARR:POW -80dB sets a power of -80 dB for the carriers in the carrier range. BB:ARB:MCAR:EDIT:CARR:POW:STEP 1 dB the power is incremented by 1dB for each carrier, i.e.
  • Page 645 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:STATe <State> The command switches all the carriers in the selected carrier range on or off. Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: BB:ARB:MCAR:EDIT:CARR:STAT ON sets all the carriers in the carrier range to ON.
  • Page 646 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "File Size" on page 431 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:SETTing:CATalog? Queries the available settings files in the specified default directory. The settings files are used to set the ARB multi carrier submenu. Only files with the file extension *.arb_multcarr will be listed.
  • Page 647 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Save/Recall Frame" on page 425 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:SETTing:STORe:FAST <Fast> Determines whether the instrument performs an absolute or a differential storing of the settings. Enable this function to accelerate the saving process by saving only the settings with values different to the default ones.

  • Page 648: Source:bb:arb:wav Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> LONG | SHORt | LCM | USER LONG The resulting signal period is defined by the longest I/Q file in the carrier table. Shorter I/Q files are periodically repeated. SHORt The resulting signal period is defined by the shortest I/Q file in the carrier table.
  • Page 649 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: MMEM:CDIR '/var/user/waveform' sets the default directory. BB:ARB:WAV:CAT? reads out all the files in the default directory. Response: sin1, wave the directory contains the waveform files sin1.wv and wave.wv. Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CATalog:LENGth?
  • Page 650 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: on page 570 :MMEMory:DATA:UNPRotected [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:DATA <Filename>, <Data> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:DATA? <Tag> The setting command writes the binary block data <data> to the file identified by <filename>. The complete content of the waveform file is transmitted as a binary data block.
  • Page 651 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: Query BB:ARB:WAV:SEL '/var/user/wave1.wv' BB:ARB:WAV:DATA? 'comment' queries the content of the 'comment' tag of the currently selected file wave1.wv Response: "Sine wave for test purposes" BB:ARB:WAV:DATA? '/var/user/temp/test1', 'comment' queries the content of the comment tag of a specific file test1.wv...

  • Page 652: Source:bb:arb:wseg Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Points> <waveform filename> Range: 0 to 1000 *RST: Example: BB:ARB:WAV:POINt? queries the number of I/Q values pairs in the waveform file. Response: 401 the waveform file contains 401 I/Q values pairs.

  • Page 653: [:Source]:Bb:arbitrary:wsegment

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem ..............638 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment? ............638 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CLOad ......639 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:BLANk:APPend ........640 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:CATalog? .......... 640 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:CLOCk ....... 640 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:CLOCk:MODE ........641 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:COMMent ..........641 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:DELete ........641 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:LEVel[:MODE] ....... 642 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:MARKer:ESEGment ......642 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:MARKer:FSEGment ......643 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:MARKer:MODE ..........643 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:OFILe ......644...

  • Page 654: [:Source]:Bb:arbitrary:wsegment:configure:blank:append

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Setting parameters: <FilenameInput> string Example: MMEM:CDIR '/var/user/' sets the default directory. BB:ARB:WSEG:CONF:SEL 'multi_sin' creates the configuration file multi_sin.inf_mswv in the default directory. BB:ARB:WSEG:CONF:SEGM:APP 'sinus1' includes waveform sinus1.wv as segment 1 in the configura- tion file.

  • Page 655: [:Source]:Bb:arbitrary:wsegment:configure:catalog

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: " Clock Rate " on page 415 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:CATalog? Queries the available configuration files in the specified default directory. The configu- ration files are used to create multi segment waveform files.

  • Page 656: [:Source]:Bb:arbitrary:wsegment:configure:comment

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> UNCHanged | HIGHest | USER UNCHanged The segments are output with the clock rate defined in the wave- form file. HIGHest The segments are output at the highest available clock rate.

  • Page 657: [:Source]:Bb:arbitrary:wsegment:configure:marker:esegment

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> UNCHanged | ERMS UNCHanged The segments are output exactly as defined in the files. ERMS The segments are output so that all segments have the same rms value. *RST: UNCHanged...

  • Page 658: [:Source]:Bb:arbitrary:wsegment:configure:marker:mode

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> OFF | MRK1 | MRK2 | MRK3 | MRK4 No additional marker is generated. MRK1|MRK2|MRK3|MRK4 Generates a restart marker signal at the beginning of the first segment for the corresponding marker.

  • Page 659: [:Source]:Bb:arbitrary:wsegment:configure:segment:append

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Output file" on page 417 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CONFigure:SEGMent:APPend <Waveform> Appends the specified waveform to the configuration file. Setting parameters: <Waveform> string Example: MMEM:CDIR '/var/user/waveform' sets the default directory BB:ARB:WSEG:CONF:SEL 'new' creates the configuration file new.inf_mswv in the default directory.

  • Page 660: [:Source]:Bb:arbitrary:wsegment:create

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Filename> string Example: MMEM:CDIR '/var/user/waveform' sets the default directory. BB:ARB:WSEG:CONF:SEL 'new' create configuration file new.inf_mswv in the default directory. Manual operation: " Load List " on page 418 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:CREate <FilenameInput> Creates a multi segment waveform using the current settings of the specified configu- ration file.

  • Page 661: [:Source]:Bb:arbitrary:wsegment:next

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:NEXT <Next> Selects the segment to be output. Parameters: <Next> float Range: 0 to 1023 *RST: Example: MMEM:CDIR '/var/user/waveform' sets the default directory. BB:ARB:WSEG:NEXT 2 selects segment 2 to be output. BB:ARB:TRIG:SMOD NEXT selects extended trigger mode next, i.e.

  • Page 662: [:Source]:Bb:arbitrary:wsegment:sequence:append

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> INTernal | NEXT INTernal Switch over to any segment is triggered manually by means of the command BB:ARB:WSEG:NEXT:EXEC. NEXT The trigger event for switching to the next segment is input on the NEXT connector.

  • Page 663: Source:bb:dm Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WSEGment:SEQuence:SELect <Filename> Selects the sequencing list (files with extension *.wvs) Parameters: <Filename> string Example: BB:ARB:WSEG:SEQ:SEL '/var/user/play_list_1’ selects the sequencing list play_list_1.wvs. Manual operation: "Sequencing List" on page 400 7.16.3.3 SOURce:BB:DM Subsystem The commands in the SOURce:BB:DM subsystem are described in two sections, sepa- rated into configuring digital modulation and lists for digital modulation.

  • Page 664: [:Source]:Bb:dm:prbs[:Length]

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:DM:SOUR PATT BB:DM:PATT #B01110111010101010,17 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRBS[:LENGth] <Length> The command defines the length of the pseudo-random sequence in accordance with the following equation: Length = (2^Length) - 1 Parameters: <Length> 9 | 11 | 15 | 16 | 20 | 21 | 23 | PN9 | PN11 | PN15 | PN16 |...

  • Page 665: [:Source]:Bb:dm:srate

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> ZERO | ONE | PRBS | PATTern | DLISt ZERO|ONE An internally generated 0 or 1 data sequence is used. PRBS The pseudo-random sequence generator is used as the data source.

  • Page 666: [:Source]:Bb:dm:state

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem After selection, modulation parameters "Modulation Type" (:BB:DM:FORMat), "Symbol Rate" (:BB:DM:SRATe), "Filter" (:BB:DM:FILTer:TYPE and :BB:DM:FILTer:PARameter:...) and "Coding" (:BB:DM:CODing) are auto- matically set in accordance with the standard. The USER parameter cannot be set. A query returns this value if a user-defined Cus- tom Dig Mod setting was loaded or if one of the associated settings was changed sub- sequent to the selection of a standard.

  • Page 667: Clock Settings

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SWITching:STATe <State> Enables switching between a modulated and an unmodulated signal. Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: BB:DM:SWIT:STAT INT CW switching is active. Manual operation: "State Mod - CW"...
  • Page 668 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:DM:CLOC:SOUR EXT selects the external clock source. The clock is supplied via the CLOCK connector. BB:DM:CLOC:MODE MSYM selects clock type Multiple Symbols, i.e. the supplied clock has a rate which is a multiple of the symbol rate.

  • Page 669: Trigger Settings

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> NONE | MASTer | SLAVe NONE The instrument is working in stand-alone mode. MASTer The instrument provides all connected instrument with its syn- chronisation (including the trigger signal) and reference clock signal.
  • Page 670 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem ............. 660 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger[:EXTernal]:RDELay? ..........660 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger[:EXTernal<ch>]:INHibit ..............661 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM[:TRIGger]:SEQuence [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:ARM:EXECute The command stops signal generation for trigger modes Armed_Auto and Armed_Ret- rigger. A subsequent internal or external trigger event restart signal generation.
  • Page 671 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem ● use the default enabled state, if a common external trigger event is provided for the master and the slave instruments. Parameters: <Output> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON The signal calculation starts simultaneously with the external trigger event but because of the instrument’s processing time...
  • Page 672 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay <Delay> Defines the delay between the signal on the marker outputs and the start of the signal, expressed in terms of symbols. Command [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger: can be used to restrict the range of values to the dynamic OUTPut:DELay:FIXed range, i.e.
  • Page 673 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <RMode> STOP | RUN The signal is generated. A trigger event occurred in the triggered mode. STOP The signal is not generated. A trigger event did not occur in the...
  • Page 674 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> INTernal|EXTernal INTernal manual trigger or *TRG. EXTernal trigger signal on the TRIG connector. *RST: INTernal Example: SOURce1:BB:DM:TRIGger:SOURce EXTernal sets external triggering via the TRIGGER connector. Manual operation: "Trigger Source" on page 374 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:DELay:UNIT <TrigDelUnit>...
  • Page 675 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger[:EXTernal]:TDELay <ExtTimeDelay> Specifies the trigger delay for external triggering. The value affects all external trigger signals. Parameters: <ExtTimeDelay> float Range: 0 to 688 Increment: 250E-12 *RST: Default unit: s Example: [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:DELay:UNIT on page 659 Manual operation: "Trigger Delay"...

  • Page 676: Marker Settings

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM[:TRIGger]:SEQuence <Sequence> The command selects the trigger mode. Parameters: <Sequence> AUTO | RETRigger | AAUTo | ARETrigger | SINGle AUTO The modulation signal is generated continuously. RETRigger The modulation signal is generated continuously. A trigger event (internal or external) causes a restart.
  • Page 677 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> CLISt | PULSe | PATTern | RATio | TRIGger CLISt A marker signal that is defined in the selected control list is gen- erated. PULSe A pulsed marker signal is generated. The pulse frequency (=...
  • Page 678 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:ONTime <OnTime> Sets the number of symbols in a period (ON time + OFF time) during which the marker signal in setting SOURce:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut:MODE RATio on the marker out- puts is ON. Parameters: <OnTime>...

  • Page 679: Filter Settings

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:FREQuency? Queries the pulse frequency of the pulsed marker signal in the setting SOURce:BB:DM:TRIGger:OUTPut:MODE PULSe. The pulse frequency is derived by dividing the symbol rate by the divider. Return values: <Frequency> float...
  • Page 680 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:OSAMpling:AUTO <Auto> The command activates/deactivates the upsampling factor state. If activated, the most sensible parameter values are selected. The value depends on the coherence check. If deactivated, the values can be changed manually.
  • Page 681 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem <PGauss> float Range: 0.15 to 2.5 Increment: 0.01 *RST: <RCosine> float Range: 0.05 to 1.00 Increment: 0.01 *RST: 0.35 <SPhase> float Range: 0.15 to 2.5 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: BB:DM:FILT:PAR:APCO25 0.2 sets the roll-off factor to 0.2 for filter type APCO25.

  • Page 682: Modulation Settings

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FILTer:TYPE <Type> The command selects the filter type. When a standard is selected (:BB:DM:STAN), the filter type and filter parameter are set to the default value. Parameters: <Type> RCOSine | COSine | GAUSs | LGAuss | CONE | COF705 |...
  • Page 683 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Angle> float Range: 0 to 180 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: Deg Example: BB:DM:FORM AQPS selects modulation type AQPSK. BB:DM:AQPS:ANGL 45 Manual operation: "Angle Alpha" on page 358 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:ASK:DEPTh <Depth> The command sets the ASK modulation depth when modulation type ASK is selected.
  • Page 684 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:DM:COD GRAY selects GRAY coding. This coding is valid for all modulation types. Manual operation: "Coding" on page 356 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FORMat <Format> Selects the modulation type. If the coding that is set (:BB:DM:COD) is not possible with the modulation type selected, it is automatically set to OFF (:BB:DM:COD OFF).
  • Page 685 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FSK:VARiable:SYMBol<ch0>:DEViation <Deviation> The command sets the deviation of the selected symbol for variable FSK modulation mode. Suffix: <ch> 0 .. 16 The number of symbols (and therefore the suffix range) depends on the selected FSK modulation type.

  • Page 686: Power Ramp

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <MDelay> float Range: 0 to 1 Increment: 1E-6 *RST: Example: BB:DM:MDEL? queries the delay in the case of external modulation. Response: 0.4 ms the delay is 0.4 ms. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Modulation Delay"...
  • Page 687 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: BB:DM:PRAM:BBON ON selects power ramping in the baseband only. Manual operation: "Baseband Only" on page 371 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:FDELay <FDelay> Sets the delay in the falling edge. A positive value gives rise to a delay and a negative value causes an advance.
  • Page 688 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:DM:PRAM:SHAP COS selects a cosine-shaped rise and fall for the transmitted power edge. Manual operation: "Ramp Function" on page 370 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:SOURce <Source> Sets the source for the power ramp control signals.
  • Page 689 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem DM Lists The following section brings together the commands for defining and managing the data lists and control lists for digital modulation. Lists are stored as files with specific file extensions in a user-definable directory (see Table 7-2).

  • Page 690: [:Source]:Bb:dm:clist:catalog

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem ..............680 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DATA:APPend ................680 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DELete ................680 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:POINts ................681 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:SELect ................681 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:DELete ................682 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:POINts? ................682 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:SELect ................682 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:MLISt:DELete ................683 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:MLISt:POINts? ................683 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:MLISt:SELect ..............683 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SETTing:CATalog? ................ 684 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SETTing:DELete ................

  • Page 691: [:Source]:Bb:dm:clist:copy

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Free> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: BB:DM:FORM USER selects the User modulation type. BB:DM:FLIS:FREE? queries the free memory. Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:COPY <Filename> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:COPY <Filename> The command copies the selected data list into the data list specified by <list name>. If a data list with the specified name already exists, it is overwritten.
  • Page 692 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:DATA <Data> Sends the data to the currently selected control list. If the list already contains data, it is overwritten. This command only writes data into the data section of the file.
  • Page 693 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:DELete <Filename> The command deletes the specified control list from the default directory. The default directory is set using command MMEM:CDIRectory. A path can also be specified, in which case the files in the specified directory are deleted. The file extension may be omitted.
  • Page 694 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DATA <Data> [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DATA? [<Start>[, <Count>]] The Setting command sends the bit data to the data list selected with the com- mand :BB:DM:DLISt:SELect. Any existing content in the data list is overwritten. This command only writes data into the data section of the file.
  • Page 695 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DATA:APPend <Bits> The command appends the bit data onto the end of the existing data in the selected data list. This means that existing content in the data list is not overwritten. By this means very long data lists can be built up piecemeal.
  • Page 696 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Points> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: BB:DM:DLIS:POIN 234 defines the number of bits in the data list to be utilized as 234 bits. If the list was filled with block data, at least the last 6 bits will be ignored.
  • Page 697 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:POINts? Queries the user filter list length. Return values: <Points> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: BB:DM:FILT:TYPE USER selects the User filter type. BB:DM:FLIS:POIN? queries the list length. Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:FLISt:SELect <Filename>...
  • Page 698 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Load User Mapping" on page 357 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:MLISt:POINts? Queries the user modulation mapping list length. Return values: <Points> integer Range: 0 to INT_MAX *RST: Example: BB:DM:FORM USER selects the User modulation type.
  • Page 699 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Save/Recall" on page 353 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SETTing:DELete <Filename> This command deletes the selected file with Custom Digital Modulation settings. The directory is set using command MMEM:CDIRectory. A path can also be specified, in which case the files in the specified directory are read.
  • Page 700 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Save/Recall" on page 353 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SETTing:STORe:FAST <Fast> Determines whether the instrument performs an absolute or a differential storing of the settings. Enable this function to accelerate the saving process by saving only the settings with values different to the default ones.

  • Page 701: Source:bb:graphics Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Save/Recall User" on page 356 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:STANdard:ULISt:LOAD <Filename> Loads the selected file with Digital Standard settings. The directory is set using com- mand MMEM:CDIRectory. A path can also be specified, in which case the files in the specified directory are read.
  • Page 702 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> IQ | VECTor | CCDF | PSPectrum | CONStellation | EYEI | EYEQ *RST: Example: BB:GRAP:MODE VECT selects vector diagram. Manual operation: "Mode" on page 175 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:SMARt:STATe <State> Activates/deactivates the "smart graphics".
  • Page 703 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:SRATe:USER <User> (Enabled for BB:GRAPH:SRAT:MODE USER) Selects the signal bandwidth for which the display is to be generated. The setting range moves between the minimum and maximum bandwidth which is possible for the selected display.

  • Page 704: Source:bb:impairment Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> SOFTware | MARKer SOFTware Recording of signals is started automatically in specified inter- vals. This asynchronous method is appropriate when a repre- sentative display of the complete signal is desired, as recording starts in a random time reference to the signal.
  • Page 705 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Delay> float Range: -500E-9 to 500E-9 Increment: 1E-12 *RST: Example: BB:IMP:DEL 32.0E-9 sets the I/Q delay Manual operation: "IQ Delay" on page 307 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:IQRatio[:MAGNitude] <IqRatio> This command sets the ratio of I modulation to Q modulation (amplification “imbal- ance”).
  • Page 706 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Q> float Range: -10 to 10 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: PCT Example: BB:IMP:LEAK:Q 3 PCT sets the leakage for the Q-component to 3 percent. Manual operation: "I/Q Offset - Digital Impairments"...

  • Page 707: Source:bb:mccw Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:STATe <State> The command activates (ON) and deactivates (OFF) the three impairment or correc- tion values LEAKage, QUADrature and IQRatio for the digital baseband signal prior to input into the I/Q modulator.
  • Page 708 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Suffixes SOURce<hw> For one-path instruments, the keyword SOURce is optional and can be omitted. The numeric suffix to SOURce distinguishes between signal generation for path A and path B in the case of two-path instruments: ●...
  • Page 709 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: SOURce1:BB:MCCW:STATe ON Manual operation: "State" on page 438 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:PRESet Sets the multi carrier signal parameters to their default values (*RST values specified for the commands).
  • Page 710 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Setting parameters: <Phas0[,Phas1..]> float Range: 0 to 360 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: DEG Query parameters: <Start> integer Range: 0 to lastCarrier <Count> integer Range: 1 to lastCarrier Return values: <Phas[,Phas..]> float...
  • Page 711 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:CARR:LIST:POW -65 dB, -30 dB, -50 dB,... sets the power of carrier 0 to -65 dB, carrier 1 to -30 dB and so BB:MCCW:CARR:LIST:POW? 2,3 queries the power of carrier 1 and 2.
  • Page 712 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem <Phase> float Sets the start phase of the selected carrier. Range: 0 to 359.99 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: DEG Example: BB:MCCW:CARR:PHAS 15,90 sets a start phase of 90 DEG for carrier 15.
  • Page 713 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:CARR:SPAC 10 MHz sets a carrier spacing of 10 MHz. Manual operation: "Carrier Spacing" on page 439 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:STATe <CarrierIndex>, <State> Switches the selected carrier on or off. The counting in remote control differs from the numbers in the carrier table. Index 0 corresponds to number 1 (first line) in the table.
  • Page 714 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Actual> float Range: 0 to 100 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: SOUR:BB:MCCW:CFAC:MODE SLOW BB:MCCW:CFAC:ACT? Response: 3 Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CFACtor:MODE <Mode> Sets the mode by which automatic settings will minimize the crest factor or hold it at a chosen value.
  • Page 715 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Clock> float Range: 0 to Max Increment: 1E-3 *RST: Example: BB:MCCW:CLOC? queries the output clock rate. Response: 256 000 000 the output clock rate is 256 MHz. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Clock Frequency"...
  • Page 716 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARR:PHAS 90 DEG sets a start phase of 90° for the carriers in the carrier range. BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARR:PHAS:STEP 1 DEG the start phase is incremented by 1° for each carrier, i.e. the first carrier has a start phase of 90°, the second a start phase of 91°,...
  • Page 717 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARRier:POWer[:STARt] <Start> Sets the power for the individual carriers in the defined carrier range. If the com- mand :BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARR:POW:STEP is used to define a step width, the power entered here applies only to the starting carrier. The power of the remaining carriers is stepped up or down by the power specified in the :BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARR:POW:STEP command.
  • Page 718 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Stop> integer Range: 0 to 8191 *RST: Example: BB:MCCW:EDIT:CARR:STOP 40 the carrier range stops at carrier 40. Manual operation: "Carrier Stop" on page 441 Trigger Settings ............703 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:ARM:EXECute ..............703 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:EXECute ....... 704 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:EXTernal:SYNChronize:OUTPut...
  • Page 719 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:TRIG:SOUR INT sets internal triggering. BB:MCCW:TRIG:SEQ RETR sets Retrigger mode, i.e. every trigger event causes signal gen- eration to restart. BB:MCCW:TRIG:EXEC executes a trigger. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Execute Trigger" on page 446 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:EXTernal:SYNChronize:OUTPut <Output>...
  • Page 720 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Delay> float Range: 0 to 65535 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: BB:MCCW:TRIG:SOUR EXT selects an external trigger BB:MCCW:TRIG:DEL 200 sets a delay of 200 samples for the trigger. [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OBASeband:INHibit <Inhibit> Sets the number of samples by which a restart is to be inhibited following a trigger event.
  • Page 721 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Running/Stopped" on page 445 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:SLENgth <SLength> Sets the length of the signal sequence to be output in the "Single" trigger mode. The input is to be expressed in samples. It is then possible to output deliberately just part of the waveform, an exact sequence of the waveform, or a defined number of repetitions of the waveform.
  • Page 722 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:TRIG:SOUR EXT selects an external trigger BB:MCCW:TRIG:DEL 200 sets a delay of 200 samples for the trigger. Manual operation: "Trigger Delay" on page 447 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger[:EXTernal<ch>]:INHibit <Inhibit> Specifies the number of samples by which a restart is to be inhibited following a trigger event.
  • Page 723 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Sequence> AUTO | RETRigger | AAUTo | ARETrigger | SINGle AUTO The multi carrier signal is generated continuously. RETRigger The multi carrier signal is generated continuously. A trigger event (internal or external) causes a restart.
  • Page 724 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem ..........711 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PATTern ........712 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:DIVider ......712 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:FREQuency? [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut:DELay:FIXed <Fixed> Restricts the marker delay setting range to the dynamic range. In this range the delay can be set without restarting the marker and signal. If a delay is entered in setting ON but is outside this range, the maximum possible delay is set and an error message is generated.
  • Page 725 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Return values: <Maximum> float Range: 0 to 16777215 Increment: 1E-3 Example: BB:MCCW:TRIG:OUTP:DEL:FIX ON restricts the marker signal delay setting range to the dynamic range. BB:MCCW:TRIG:OUTP:DEL:MAX queries the maximum of the dynamic range.
  • Page 726 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> RESTart | PULSe | PATTern | RATio | TRIGger RESTart A brief marker signal is generated at the start of the waveform. PULSe A pulsed marker signal is generated. The pulse frequency (=...
  • Page 727 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Pattern> numeric 0 is marker off, 1 is marker on. *RST: <BitCount> integer Range: 1 to 64 *RST: Example: BB:MCCW:TRIG:OUTP2:MODE PATT BB:MCCW:TRIG:OUTP2:PATT #HE0F52,20 Manual operation: "Marker Mode" on page 448 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:DIVider <Divider>...
  • Page 728 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:TRIG:OUTP2:PULS:DIV 4 sets the divider for the marker signal on output MARKER 2 to the value 4. BB:MCCW:TRIG:OUTP2:MODE PULS enables the pulsed marker signal BB:MCCW:TRIG:OUTP2:PULS:FREQ? queries the pulse frequency for the marker signal.
  • Page 729 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: BB:MCCW:CLOC:SOUR EXT selects the external clock source. The clock is supplied via the CLOCK connector. BB:MCCW:CLOC:MODE MSAM selects clock type "Multiple Samples", i.e. the supplied clock has a rate which is a multiple of the sample rate.

  • Page 730: Source:bb:progress Subsystem General Commands

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> NONE | MASTer | SLAVe NONE The instrument is working in stand-alone mode. MASTer The instrument provides all connected instrument with its syn- chronization (including the trigger signal) and reference clock signal.

  • Page 731: Source:bbin Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem // 67 (task in progress) :SOURce1:BB:EUTRa:WAVeform:CREate :SOURce1:BB:PROGress:MCODer? // 25 (task in progress) // :SOURce1:BB:PROGress:MCODer:DM:FILTer? // 100 ................716 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer? ..........716 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer:ARBitrary:MCARrier? ........716 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer:ARBitrary:WSEGment? ............716 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer:DM:FILTer? [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer? [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer:ARBitrary:MCARrier? [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer:ARBitrary:WSEGment? Queries the status of an initiated process, like for example the calculation of a signal in accordance to a digital standard, or the calculation of a multi carrier or multi segment waveform file.
  • Page 732 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem The external baseband signal A can be routed to path A, path B, or both paths. The external baseband signal B can be routed to path B only................717 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:ALEVel:EXECute ..................717 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:CDEVice?
  • Page 733 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <CFactor> float Range: 0 to 30 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: dB Example: BBIN:CFAC 10 enters a crest factor of 10 dB for the external baseband signal. Manual operation: "Crest Factor"...
  • Page 734 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: BBIN:IQSW ON swaps the I and Q channel of the external baseband signal. Manual operation: "I/Q-Swap" on page 454 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:MPERiod <MPeriod>...
  • Page 735 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Overload Hold" on page 457 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:OLOad:STATe? This command queries the current overload state of the A/D converter. Return values: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON...
  • Page 736 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Level" on page 456 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:SRATe[:ACTual] <Actual> Sets the sample rate of the external digital baseband signal. Parameters: <Actual> float Range: 400 to 200E6 Increment: 0.001 *RST: 100E6...

  • Page 737: Source:correction Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> USER | DIN *RST: USER Example: BBIN:SRAT:SOUR queries the sample rate mode of the external digital baseband signal. Manual operation: "Sample Rate Source" on page 454 [:SOURce<hw>]:BBIN:STATe <State> This command switches the feeding of an external analog signal into the signal path on/off.
  • Page 738 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem with correction values for external test assemblies can be automatically determined, e.g. for compensating the frequency response of cables. The correction values can be acquired any time irrespective of the modulation settings of the generator.
  • Page 739 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Frequency> Frequency#1[, Frequency#2, ...] Range: 300 kHz to RFmax (depending on model) Example: CORR:CSET '/var/user/ucor1' selects the table ucor1. CORR:CSET:DATA:FREQ 100MHz,102MHz,103MHz,... enters the frequency value in the table ucor1. Manual operation: "...
  • Page 740 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem The numerical suffix at SOURce must not be used for this command. Return values: <Points> integer Range: 0 to 10000 *RST: Example: CORR:CSET '/var/user/ucor1' selects the table ucor1. CORR:CSET:DATA:POW:POIN? queries the number of level values in the table ucor1.
  • Page 741 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:AFILe:CATalog? Requests a list of available ASCII files for export/import of user correction data. The individual files are separated by commas. The ASCII files are stored with the fixed file extensions *.txt or *.csv in a directory of the user's choice.
  • Page 742 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem The ASCII files are stored with the fixed file extensions *.txt or *.csv in a directory of the user's choice. The directory applicable to the commands is defined with the com- mand MMEMory:CDIR. A path can also be specified in command SOUR:CORR:DEXC:AFIL:SEL, in which case the files are stored or loaded in the specified directory.
  • Page 743 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Decimal> DOT | COMMa *RST: Example: CORR:DEXC:MODE EXP selects that the user correction list is exported into an ASCII file. CORR:DEXC:AFIL:SEL '/var/user/import_ucor.csv' selects ASCII file ucor.csv as destination for the user correction list data.
  • Page 744 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: CORR:DEXC:MODE IMP selects that ASCII files with frequency and level value pairs are imported and transferred into user correction lists. CORR:DEXC:AFIL:SEL '/var/user/ucor.csv' selects that ASCII file ucor.csv is imported. CORR:DEXC:SEL '/var/user/ucor_imp' selects that the ASCII file ucor.csv is imported into user cor-...
  • Page 745 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: CORR:CSET '/var/user/ucor1' selects the table ucor1. CORR ON activates level correction. Correction is performed using the table ucor1. Manual operation: " User Cor. Data - User Correction " on page 233 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection[:STATe] <State>...

  • Page 746: Source:fm Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: " Fill User Correction Data with Sensor" on page 239 7.16.6 SOURce:FM Subsystem The FM subsystem contains the commands for checking the frequency modulation. The settings for the internal modulation source (LF generator) are made in the SOURce:LFOutput subsystem).
  • Page 747 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: FM:EXT:COUP AC selects the coupling mode AC for the external frequency modu- lation signal. Manual operation: "FM External Coupling" on page 256 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:EXTernal:DEViation <Deviation> Sets the deviation of the external frequency modulation signal in Hz. The maximum deviation depends on the set RF frequency and the selected modulation mode (see data sheet).
  • Page 748 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> NORMal | LNOise | HDEViation NORMal Provides full setting range of modulation bandwidth and FM deviation. LNOise Provides phase noise and spurious characteristics close to CW. The range for modulation bandwidth and FM deviation is reduced (see data sheet).

  • Page 749: Source:frequency Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal | INT,EXT Uses the internally generated signal for modulation. To configure the frequency, use the commands of the Chapter 7.16.11, "SOURce:LFOutput Subsystem", on page 757 subsystem. Uses an externally applied modulation signal.
  • Page 750 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem .................740 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STOP ............. 741 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STEP[:INCRement] ..............742 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STEP:MODE [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:CENTer <Center> Sets the center frequency of the RF sweep range. The range is defined by this center frequency and the specified [:SOURce<hw>]: FREQuency:SPAN, according to the formula: - (f /2) ...
  • Page 751 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:LOSCillator:MODE <Mode> Parameters: <Mode> INTernal | EXTernal | COUPled | ECOupled INTernal The signal of the internal local oscilltor is used. This mode corre- sponds to a normal operation. EXTernal An external signal is used for path A.
  • Page 752 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem The actual frequency at the RF output does not change, but rather the value queried with [:SOUR]:FREQ?, according to the formula: FREQ RFout MULTiplier OFFSet Correlation: FREQ for FREQ:MODE SWE is linked to the sweep frequency.
  • Page 753 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Manual> float Range: full frequency range Increment: see the data sheet: RF characteristics > Resolution of setting Example: SWE:MODE MAN sets the Step sweep mode. Example: FREQ:MODE SWE sets the frequency sweep mode. The sweep start frequency is output.
  • Page 754 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: FREQ:MODE SWE sets the SWEep mode. Manual operation: " State - Frequency Sweep " on page 277 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MULTiplier <Multiplier> Sets the value for the multiplication factor of a subsequent downstream instrument.
  • Page 755 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Span> float Range: full frequency range Increment: see the data sheet: RF characteristics > Resolution of setting *RST: 400E6 Example: FREQ:CENT 400 MHz sets the center frequency of the frequency sweep to 400 MHz.
  • Page 756 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem > f is permitted. STARt STOP = (f /2). STOP CENTer SPAN Note: A defined offset affects the sweep range and consequently all correlating param- eters. The set frequencies are only absolute values, if the Offset = 0. Offset ≠ 0 shifts the frequencies according to the offset value.

  • Page 757: Source:input Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STEP:MODE <Mode> Activates (USER) or deactivates (DECimal) the user-defined step width used when varying the frequency value with the frequency values UP/DOWN. The command is linked to the command "Variation Active" for manual control, i.e. the command also activates/deactivates the user-defined step width used when varying the frequency value with the rotary knob.
  • Page 758 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Impedance> G50 | G1K 1 kOhm to ground 50 Ohm to ground *RST: Example: INP:CLOC:IMP G1K sets the clock inputs to 1 kOhm to ground. Manual operation: "Impedance Clock Input" on page 140 [:SOURce<hw>]:INPut:MODext:IMPedance <Impedance>...
  • Page 759 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Impedance> G50 | G1K 1 kOhm to ground 50 Ohm to ground *RST: Example: INP:TRIG:IMP G50 all trigger and control signal inputs are set to 50 ohm to ground. This setting is recommended in the case of high clock rates.
  • Page 760 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Ext. Trigger Input Slope" on page 141 [:SOURce]:INPut:DELay:ADCState <State> Enables/disables the automatic delay compensation. Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: see example for [:SOURce]:INPut:DELay:CLENgth<ch> on page 745 Manual operation: "Automatic Delay Compensation"...

  • Page 761: Source:iq Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: Setting in the second slave instrument Slave#2: :SOURce:INPut:DELay:SPOSition 2 :SOURce:INPut:DELay:CLENgth1 1 :SOURce:INPut:DELay:CLENgth2 0.5 :SOURce:INPut:DELay:ADCState ON Manual operation: "Automatic Delay Compensation" on page 141 7.16.9 SOURce:IQ Subsystem This subsystem contains the commands for checking the I/Q modulation.
  • Page 762 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: IQ:IMP:IQR 0.5 dB sets the imbalance. Manual operation: "Gain Imbalance - I/Q Mod" on page 300 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:IMPairment:LEAKage:I <I> Sets the carrier offset for the I-channel of the I/Q modulation. Parameters: <I>...
  • Page 763 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:IMPairment[:STATe] <State> Activates/deactivates the three impairment or correction values LEAKage, QUADrature and IQRatio for the analog signal in the I/Q modulator. Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: IQ:IMP OFF deactivates I/Q impairment.

  • Page 764: Source:iq:output Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: IQ:SWAP ON swaps the I and Q channel. Manual operation: "I/Q-Swap - I/Q Mod" on page 301 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:WBSTate <WbState> Selects optimized setting for wideband modulation signals (>5 MHz) (State ON).
  • Page 765 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: IQ:OUTP:BIAS:ANAL:COUP ON activates I/Q bias coupling. Manual operation: "Couple IQ Bias" on page 318 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:BIAS:I <I> [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:BIAS:Q <Q> Specifies the amplifier bias of the respective I/Q- component.
  • Page 766 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: IQ:OUTP:ANAL:BIAS:OPT:STAT ON activates optimization for RF output. Manual operation: "Optimize I/Q Signals for RF Output" on page 317 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:LEVel <Level> Sets the off-load voltage.
  • Page 767 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> FIXed | VARiable | VATTenuated FIXed The settings are fixed and cannot be changed. VARiable The settings can be changed (command [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ: on page 751). OUTPut:LEVel VATTenuated Enables a precise digital attenuation of the signal. The level of...

  • Page 768: Digital I/Q Outputs

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem 7.16.10.2 Digital I/Q Outputs This subsystem contains the commands for configuring the digital I/Q output. The digi- tal signal can be output with the aid of a standardized (LVDS) digital user interface.
  • Page 769 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem ● start a new signa lgeneration ● set a new output level Return values: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: SOUR:IQ:OUTP:DIG:OFL:HOLD:STAT? Response: "0" (no overflow) Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Overflow Hold - Digital I/Q Out"...
  • Page 770 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Level> float Range: -90 to 0 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: dBFs Example: IQ:OUTP:DIG:POW:LEV -10 sets the output signal level to -10 dBFS. Manual operation: "Level - Digital I/Q Out" on page 321 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:POWer:PEP <Pep>...
  • Page 771 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut:DIGital:POWer:STEP:MODE <Mode> Activates (USER) or deactivates (DECimal) the user-defined step width used when varying the level value with the level values UP/DOWN. The command is linked to set- ting"Variation Active" for manual operation, i.e. the command also activates/deacti- vates the user-defined step width used when varying the level value with the rotary knob.

  • Page 772: Source:lfoutput Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: IQ:OUTP:DIG:SRAT:MODE USER with sample rate source User the internally generated clock ref- erence signal is selected. IQ:OUTP:DIG:SRAT 100 MHz the sample rate for the output signal is set to 100 MHz.
  • Page 773 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example The following example shows how to set an LF sweep. 1. Set the sweep range. LFOutput:FREQuency:STARt 4 kHz LFOutput:FREQuency:STOP 10 kHz 2. Select linear or logarithmic sweep spacing. LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SPACing LIN 3. Set the step width and dwell time.
  • Page 774 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Note: ● If signal Source "Internal" is set, the instrument performs the analog modulations (AM/FM/ɸM/PM) with this freqeuncy. ● In sweep mode (LFO:FREQ:MODE SWEep), the frequency is coupled with the sweep frequency.
  • Page 775 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> CW | FIXed | SWEep CW|FIXed Sets the CW frequency mode. CW and FIXed are synonyms. The instrument operates at a fixed frequency. To set the LF out- put frequency use the command [:SOURce]:LFOutput: FREQuency.
  • Page 776 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Stop> float Range: full frequency range Increment: see the data sheet: resolution of frequency setting *RST: 100 KHz Example: LFO:FREQ:STOP 10 kHz sets the stop frequency for the LF sweep to 10 kHz.
  • Page 777 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: " Execute Single Sweep " on page 266 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:MODE <Mode> Sets the cycle mode of the LF sweep. The assignment of the GPIB commands to the sweep modes is given in the description of the sweep dialogs.
  • Page 778 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem This parameter always applies to the currently set sweep spacing and correlates with the step size as follows: ● for linear sweeps and f < f STARt STOP freq_points = (f / step_lin) + 1...
  • Page 779 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:RUNNing? Queries the current status of the LF frequency sweep mode. Return values: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON Example: LFO:SWE:RUNN? Response "1": the frequency sweep is running. Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SHAPe <Shape>...
  • Page 780 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Spacing> LINear | LOGarithmic LINear With the linear sweep, the step width is a fixed frequency value which is added to the current frequency. The step width for lin- ear sweep is entered in Hz (see [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:...
  • Page 781 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP:LOGarithmic <Logarithmic> Sets the logarithmically determined sweep step size for the LF frequency sweep. It is expressed in percent and you must enter the value and the unit PCT with the com- mand.

  • Page 782: Source:list Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: LFO:SHAP SQU selects a rectangular shape for the signal of the LF generator. Manual operation: " LF Gen Shape " on page 252 [:SOURce]:LFOutput:SIMPedance <SImpedance> Selects the output impedance of the LF generator. Selection "LOW" and "600 Ohm"...
  • Page 783 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem 2. Fill the list with values. All list components must be of the same length. This does not apply to components of length 1. This is interpreted as if the component has the same length as the other components and as if all values are the same as the first value.
  • Page 784 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem ..................774 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DWELl ..................774 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:FREE? ...................774 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:FREQuency ..............775 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:FREQuency:POINts? ................... 775 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:INDex .................776 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:INDex:STARt ................. 776 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:INDex:STOP ..................777 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:LEARn ..................777 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:MODE ..................777 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:POWer ................778 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:POWer:POINts? ...................778 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:RESet ..................779 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:SELect...
  • Page 785 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: MMEM:CDIR '/var/user/Listmode' selects the directory for the list mode files. LIST:DEL 'LIST1' deletes the list list1. Usage: Setting only Manual operation: " List Mode Data... - List Mode " on page 292 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DELete:ALL...
  • Page 786 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Usage: Query only [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:AFILe:EXTension <Extension> Determines the extension of the ASCII file for import or export, or to query existing files. Parameters: <Extension> TXT | CSV *RST: Example: MMEM:CDIR '/var/user/import' selects the directory for the ASCII files with frequency and level value pairs.
  • Page 787 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:DEXChange:AFILe:SEParator:COLumn <Column> Selects the separator between the frequency and level column of the ASCII table. Parameters: <Column> TABulator | SEMicolon | COMMa | SPACe *RST: COMMa Example: LIST:DEXC:MODE EXP selects that the list is exported into an ASCII file.
  • Page 788 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: LIST:DEXC:MODE IMP determines that ASCII files with frequency and level value pairs are imported into list mode lists. LIST:DEXC:AFIL:SEL '/var/user/list.csv' selects the ASCII file list.csv for import. LIST:DEXC:SEL '/var/user/list_imp' determines the destination file list_imp.
  • Page 789 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: LIST:DEXC:MODE IMP selects that ASCII files with frequency and level value pairs are imported and transferred into list mode lists. LIST:DEXC:AFIL:SEL ‘/var/user/list.csv' selects that ASCII file list.csv is imported. LIST:DEXC:SEL ‘/var/user/list_imp' selects that the ASCII file list.csv is imported into list mode...
  • Page 790 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Frequency> <Frequency#1>{, <Frequency#2>, ...} | block data The data can be given either as a list of numbers (list can be of any length and list entries must be separated by commas) or as binary block data.
  • Page 791 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: LIST:SEL '/var/user/list3' selects list3 for use in List mode. FREQ:MODE LIST activates List mode. List3 is processed. LIST:MODE STEP selects manual, step-by-step processing of the list. LIST:IND 5 the frequency/level value pair with index 5 is executed.
  • Page 792 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: on page 776 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:INDex:STARt Manual operation: " List Range In - List Mode " on page 293 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:LEARn Learns the selected list to determine the hardware setting for all list entries. The results are saved with the list.
  • Page 793 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Power> <Power#1>{, <Power#2>, ...} | block data The data can be given either as a list of numbers (list can be of any length and list entries must be separated by commas) or as binary block data.
  • Page 794 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:SELect <Filename> Selects the specified list. If a new list is to be created, the name can be entered here. The list is created if it does not yet exist. The list selected here is available for the fur- ther processing steps (editing) and is used in the instrument when the list mode is acti- vated.

  • Page 795: Source:modulation Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> AUTO | IMMediate | SINGle | BUS | EXTernal AUTO|IMMediate The trigger is free-running, i.e. the trigger condition is fulfilled continuously. The selected list in List mode is restarted as soon as it is finished.

  • Page 796: Source:phase Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:PGENerator:STATe <State> Activates/deactivates the output of the video/sync signal at the PULSE VIDEO connec- tor at the rear of the instrument. The signal output and the pulse generator are automatically switched on with activation of pulse modulation if pulse generator is selected as modulation source.

  • Page 797: Source:pm Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Delta Phase" on page 213 [:SOURce<hw>]:PHASe:REFerence Adopts the phase set with SOURce:PHASe:ADJust as the current phase. Example: PHAS 0.1RAD changes the phase by 0.1 RAD relative to the current phase.
  • Page 798 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Coupling> AC | DC Uses only the AC signal component of the modulation signal. Uses the modulation signal as it is, with AC and DC. *RST: Example: PM:EXT:COUP AC selects the coupling mode AC for the external phase modulation signal.
  • Page 799 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:MODE <Mode> Selects the mode for the phase modulation. Parameters: <Mode> HDEViation | NORMal | LNOise HDEViation Provides full setting range of PhiM deviation. The range of mod- ulation frequency is limited (see data sheet). Recommended for low modulation frequencies and/or high PhiM deviation.

  • Page 800: Source:power Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal | INT,EXT INTernal Uses the internally generated signal for modulation. To configure the LF signal, use the commands of the SOURce:LFOutput Sub- system subsystem. EXTernal Uses an externally applied modulation signal.
  • Page 801 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem ..................790 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:LMODe ..................790 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:MANual ..................791 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:MODE ..................792 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:PEP? ..................792 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:POWer ................792 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:CRANge ................793 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:DELay ................793 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:PEAK ................793 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:SELect ................794 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:STATe ................794 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:TARGet ..................794 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STARt ..............795 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:STEP[:INCRement]...
  • Page 802 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Manual operation: "Search Once - ALC" on page 228 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC[:STATe] <State> Activates/deactivates automatic level control. Parameters: <State> 0 | OFF | AUTO | 1 | ON | OFFTable | OFFHighAccuracy Internal level control is permanently activated.
  • Page 803 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:EMF:STATe <State> Displays the signal level as voltage of the EMF. The displayed value represents the voltage over a 50 Ohm load. Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: n.a.
  • Page 804 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem The following correlation applies: POWer = RF output level + POWer:OFFSet. Entering a level offset does not change the RF output level, but rather the query value of :POWer. For more information, see "RF level vs.
  • Page 805 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Amplitude> float Minimum level ... Maximum level The value range for the level setting varies according to the instrument model. The values are given in the data sheet. Increment: 0.01 *RST: n.a.
  • Page 806 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Manual> float Minimum level ... Maximum level The value range for the level setting varies according to the instrument model The values are given in the data sheet. Increment: 0.01 *RST:...
  • Page 807 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:PEP? Queries the peak envelope power (PEP) in dBm for digital modulation and all digital standards This value corresponds to the value shown under the Level specification in the PEP lines in the display header.
  • Page 808 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <PowCntrlCRange> float Range: 0 to 50 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: dB Example: POW:SPC:CRAN 15 sets the capture range to +/- 15 dB. Manual operation: "Catch Range +/-" on page 231 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:DELay <PowCntrlDelay>...
  • Page 809 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: POW:SPC:SEL SENS2 selects the sensor connected to a second USB interface for power control. Manual operation: " Sensor " on page 230 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:STATe <PowCntrlState> Activates power control using the selected sensor. The control loop periodically adjusts the generator output.
  • Page 810 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Start> float Determines the first level value of the sweep setting range. Range: full specified level range Increment: see the data sheet: Level sweep > Step size setting resolution *RST: Example:...

  • Page 811: Source:pulm Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: POW:STEP 2 sets the step width for the level setting to 2 dB. POW:STEP:MODE USER actives this step width for level variation with the rotary knob (manual control) and with level values UP/DOWN (remote con- trol).
  • Page 812 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem // ****************************************************************** // Reset the instrument to start from an initial state // ****************************************************************** *RST; *CLS // ****************************************************************** // Set the RF signal frequency and level // ****************************************************************** SOURce:FREQuency:CW 4000000000 SOURce:POWer:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude -25...
  • Page 813 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem SOURce:PULM:STATe 1 OUTPut1:STATe 1 ..................798 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:DELay ................798 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:DOUBle:DELay ................799 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:DOUBle:STATe ................799 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:DOUBle:WIDTh ..................799 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:MODE ..............799 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:OUTPut:SYNC[:STATe] ..................800 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:PERiod ..................800 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:POLarity ..................801 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:SOURce ..................801 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:STATe ..........
  • Page 814 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:DOUBle:STATe <State> Activates double pulse generation. The two pulses are generated in one pulse period. Parameters: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: PULM:DOUB:STAT ON double-pulse mode is enabled.
  • Page 815 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Sync> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON Generates a single pulse at the beginning of a pulse sequence, e.g. to synchronize pulse modulation. Returns the validity of the RF signal at the output: 1 (high), while the signal settles.
  • Page 816 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: PULM:POL INV selects inverted polarity. Manual operation: " Polarity " on page 261 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:SOURce <Source> Selects the source for the pulse modulation signal. Parameters: <Source> INTernal | EXTernal INTernal The internally generated rectangular signal is used for the pulse modulation.
  • Page 817 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: PULM:TRIG:EXT:GATE:POL NORM The pulse signal is generated while the gate signal is high. Options: R&S SMBV-K23 (Pulse Generator) Manual operation: " Gate Input Polarity - Pulse Generator " on page 275 [:SOURce<hw>]:PULM:TRIGger:EXTernal:IMPedance <Impedance>...

  • Page 818: Source:roscillator Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> AUTO | EXTernal | EGATe AUTO The pulse modulation is generated continuously. EXTernal The pulse modulation is triggered by an external trigger event. The trigger signal is supplied via the PULSE EXT connector.
  • Page 819 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem ..............805 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator[:INTernal]:ADJust:VALue ............805 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator[:INTernal]:ADJust[:STATe] ..................806 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:SOURce [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency <Frequency> Selects the external reference frequency. Note: The installed hardware determines the available settings. Use the Hardware Config dialog to check the hardware the instrument is equipped with.
  • Page 820 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <SBandwidth> WIDE | NARRow NARRow The synchronization bandwidth is approx. 50 Hz. WIDE The synchronization bandwidth is approx. 350 Hz. *RST: n.a. (factory preset) Example: ROSC:SOUR EXT Selects the external source.

  • Page 821: Source:sweep Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: ROSC:SOUR INT Selects the internal source. ROSC:ADJ ON Activates use of a user-defined adjustment value. ROSC:ADJ:VAL 1400 Sets the adjustment value to 1400. Manual operation: "Adjustment Active" on page 216 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:SOURce <Source>...
  • Page 822 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem This example shows how to set up a frequency sweep. 1. Set the sweep range. SOUR:FREQ:CENT 200 MHz SOUR:FREQ:SPAN 300 MHz 2. Select linear or logarithmic spacing. SOUR:SWE:FREQ:SPAC LIN 3. Set the step width and dwell time.
  • Page 823 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem The keyword [:FREQuency] can be omitted (see example). The command is then SCPI-compliant. Tip: It is recommended to switch off the "Display Update" for optimum sweep perform- ance especially with short dwell times (SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate OFF).
  • Page 824 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Mode> AUTO | MANual | STEP AUTO Each trigger triggers exactly one complete sweep. MANual The trigger system is not active. Each frequency step of the sweep is triggered individually, either by varying the "Current Frequency"...
  • Page 825 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: FREQ:STAR sets the start frequency to 100 MHz. FREQ:STOP sets the stop frequency to 500 MHz. SWE:SPAC LIN sets linear sweep spacing. SWE:POIN 401 sets 401 sweep steps for linear sweep spacing. The sweep step width (STEP) is automatically set to 1 MHz.
  • Page 826 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Shape> SAWTooth | TRIangle SAWTooth One sweep runs from start to stop frequency. Each subsequent sweep starts at the start frequency, i.e. the shape of the sweep sequence resembles a sawtooth.
  • Page 827 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem This parameter is related to the number of steps ([:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[: FREQuency]:POINts) within the sweep range as follows: < f STARt STOP freq_points = (f / step_lin) + 1 SPAN If you change the step size, the number of steps changes accordingly. The sweep range remains the same.
  • Page 828 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Logarithmic> float Range: 0.01 to 100 Increment: 1E-3 *RST: Example: FREQ:STAR 1GHz sets the start frequency to 1 GHz. FREQ:STOP 5GHz sets the stop frequency to 5 GHz. SWE:SPAC LOG sets logarithmic sweep spacing.
  • Page 829 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Example: SWE:POW:EXEC triggers a level sweep at the RF output. Usage: Event Manual operation: " Execute Single Sweep - Level Sweep " on page 286 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:MODE <Mode> Sets the cycle mode of the level sweep.
  • Page 830 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Points> integer Range: 2...max Example: POW:STAR - 30 dBm sets the start frequency to -30 dBm. POW:STOP - 10 dBm sets the stop frequency to -10 dBm. SWE:POW:POIN 20 sets 20 sweep steps. The sweep step width (STEP) is automati- cally set to 1 dB.
  • Page 831 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SOURce Subsystem Parameters: <Shape> SAWTooth | TRIangle SAWTooth One sweep runs from the start level to the stop level. The subse- quent sweep starts at the start level again, i.e. the shape of sweep sequence resembles a sawtooth.

  • Page 832: Status Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A STATus Subsystem If you change the step size, the number of steps changes accordingly. The sweep range remains the same. Parameters: <Logarithmic> float Increment: 0.01 *RST: Example: SWE:POW:STEP 10dB sets the step width for logarithmic sweep spacing to 10 dB of the previous level in each instance (for a level sweep).
  • Page 833 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A STATus Subsystem ................820 :STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition ................820 :STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition ....................821 :STATus:QUEue[:NEXT]? :STATus:OPERation:CONDition <Condition> Sets the content of the CONDition part of the STATus:OPERation register. This part contains information on the action currently being performed in the instrument. The content is not deleted after being read out because it indicates the current hardware status.
  • Page 834 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A STATus Subsystem Example: :STAT:OPER:NTR 0 a transition from 1 to 0 in the condition part of the Status:Opera- tion register does not cause an entry to be made in the EVENt part. :STATus:OPERation:PTRansition <Ptransition>...
  • Page 835 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A STATus Subsystem If a bit in the ENABle part is 1, and the correesponding EVENt bit is true, a positive transition occurs in the summary bit. This transition is reportet to the next higher level.

  • Page 836: System Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem :STATus:QUEue[:NEXT]? Queries the oldest entry in the error queue and then deletes it. Positive error numbers denote device-specific errors, and negative error numbers denote error messages defined by SCPI. If the error queue is empty, 0 ("No error") is returned.
  • Page 837 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem ..............831 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:RESTart ...............831 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:RESource? ..............831 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:RESource? ..............832 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip:RESource? ................832 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:RESource? ..............832 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:RESource? ................832 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD ................833 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity ................833 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs ..............833 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:RESource? ................833 :SYSTem:FILes:TEMPorary:DELete ..................... 834 :SYSTem:MMEMory:HDD? ....................834 :SYSTem:IDENtification ..................
  • Page 838 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem Example: SYST:ERR:ALL? queries all entries in the error queue. Response: 0, 'no error' No errors have occurred since the error queue was last read out. Usage: Query only :SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL? Queries all entries in the error queue and then deletes them. Only the error numbers are returned and not the entire error text.
  • Page 839 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem :SYSTem:ERRor:COUNt? Queries the number of entries in the error queue. If the error queue is empty, '0' is returned. Return values: <Count> integer Example: SYST:ERR:COUN queries the number of entries in the error queue.
  • Page 840 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem Example: SYSTem:ERRor:HISTory? // 90,"Info;(*)Instrument startup... (Mar-13-2017/ 10:25:16-601 ms)", 90,"Info;(*)Information generated while processing license keys., Repaired Error! COND: ( hr == false ) FILE: /home/sa_okbuildserver/jenkins/workspace/OK-Legacy-Distribution-30/ ok_services_oklib/Src/CServiceExtension.cpp LINE: 3554 ADDITIONAL INFO: Init ServiceExtension failed, 2877, -2147218613 HRESULT = 80001007 ", 90,"[RF A] No frequency calibration data found.
  • Page 841 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem :SYSTem:DLOCk <DispLockStat> Disables the display, or enables it again (OFF). The command disables also the front panel keyboard of the instrument including the LOCAL key. Parameters: <DispLockStat> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: n.a.
  • Page 842 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem Example: SYST:ULOC ON Activates the user interface lock. Manual operation: "User Interface" on page 151 :SYSTem:RCL <Pathname> Loads a file with previously saved instrument settings. Setting parameters: <Pathname> string Example: SYSTem:RCL "/var/user/Instrument_settings.svrcltxt"...
  • Page 843 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem :SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:LTERminator <LTerminator> Sets the terminator recognition for remote control via GPIB bus. Parameters: <LTerminator> STANdard | EOI The terminator must be sent together with the line message EOI (End of Line). This setting is recommended for binary block transmissions where a character could coincidentally have the value LF (Line Feed) but is not intended as the terminator.
  • Page 844 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem Note: it is recommended that you do not change the host name in order to avoid prob- lems with the networdk connection. However, if you change the host name be sure to use an unique name.
  • Page 845 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress <IpAddress> Sets the IP address. Parameters: <IpAddress> string Range: 0.0.0.0. to ff.ff.ff.ff Example: SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress '7.8.9.10' sets the IP address of the instrument. Manual operation: "IP Address" on page 138 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:IPADdress]:GATeway <Gateway>...
  • Page 846 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:STATus? Queries the network configuration state. Return values: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Network Status" on page 137 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:RESTart Restarts the network connection to the instrument, terminates the connection and sets it up again.
  • Page 847 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem :SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip:RESource? Queries the VISA resource string, used for remote control of the instrument with HiSLIP protocol. Return values: <Resource> string Example: SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip:RESource? Response: "TCPIP::192.1.2.3::hislip0::INSTR" Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Visa Resource Strings"...
  • Page 848 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem Example: SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD 115200 Sets 115200 baudrate. Manual operation: "Baud Rate" on page 144 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity <Parity> Sets the parity for the serial remote control interface. Parameters: <Parity> NONE | ODD | EVEN *RST: n.a.
  • Page 849 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem :SYSTem:MMEMory:HDD? Queries the status of the mass memory hard disk drive. Return values: <State> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: SYST:MMEM:HDD? Response: 1 the hard disk drive is ready for use.
  • Page 850 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem Example: SYST:IDEN USER selects an user-defined identification SYST:IRES "Test Device" defines the identification string 'test device' *IDN? Response: 'test device' Manual operation: "IDN String" on page 146 :SYSTem:ORESponse <OResponse> Defines the user defined response string for *OPT.
  • Page 851 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem :SYSTem:PRESet Triggers an instrument reset. It has the same effect as: ● The PRESET key ● The *RST command For an overview of the settings affected by the preset function, see Chapter 5.2.2, "Default Instrument Settings - Preset...
  • Page 852 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem Usage: Event :SYSTem:SHUTdown Shuts down the instrument. Usage: Event :SYSTem:STARtup:COMPlete? Queries if the startup of the instrument is completed. Return values: <Complete> 0 | 1 | OFF | ON *RST: Example: SYST:STAR:COMP?
  • Page 853 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem Example: SYST:DATE? Response: "2011,05,01" it is the 1st of May, 2011. Manual operation: "Date" on page 136 :SYSTem:TIME <Hour>, <Minute>, <Second> Queries or sets the time for the instrument-internal clock. The parameter is protected, in order to prevent accidental changes.
  • Page 854 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A SYSTem Subsystem :SYSTem:VERSion? Queries the SCPI version the instrument's command set complies with. Return values: <Version> string Example: SYST:VERS queries the SCPI version. Response: "1996" The instrument complies with the SCPI version from 1996.

  • Page 855: Test Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A TEST Subsystem Usage: Setting only 7.19 TEST Subsystem The TEST system contains the commands for performing selftest routines, and for direct adjustment of the hardware assemblies (:TEST:DIRect). The self tests return a "0" if the test is performed successfully, otherwise a value other than "0"...
  • Page 856 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A TEST Subsystem Return values: <Result> 0 | 1 | RUNning | STOPped Success Fail *RST: STOPped Example: TEST:ALL:STAR Starts the self-test TEST:ALL:RES? Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Start Selftest" on page 133 :TEST:EIQMode <EiqMode>...
  • Page 857 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A TEST Subsystem Parameters: <Clock> integer Range: 100 to 1E8 *RST: Manual operation: "Clock Frequency" on page 205 :TEST:BB:DATA:OFFTime <OnTime> :TEST:BB:DATA:ONTime <OnTime> Sets the data enable time interval of the BER/BLER test generator. Parameters: <OnTime>...

  • Page 858: Trigger Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A TRIGger Subsystem :TEST:BB:DATA:TYPE <Type> Selects the measurement mode of the BER/BLER test generator. Parameters: <Type> BER | BLER *RST: 7.20 TRIGger Subsystem The TRIGger system contains the commands for selecting the trigger source for the RF and LF sweep.
  • Page 859 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A TRIGger Subsystem ..................847 :TRIGger<hw>[:SWEep]:SOURce ................848 :TRIGger<hw>[:SWEep][:IMMediate] ..................... 849 :TRIGger<hw>[:IMMediate] :TRIGger<hw>:FSWeep:SOURce <Source> Sets the trigger source for the RF frequency sweep. The names of the parameters correspond directly to the various settings under manual control. SCPI uses other names for the parameters; these names are also accepted by the instrument.
  • Page 860 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A TRIGger Subsystem Example: SWE:FREQ:MODE AUTO sets the triggered sweep mode, i.e. a trigger is required to start the sweep. TRIG:FSW:SOUR SING sets the "Single" trigger mode, i.e. a trigger starts a single sweep. TRIG:FSW starts a single RF frequency sweep.
  • Page 861 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A TRIGger Subsystem Parameters: <Source> AUTO | IMMediate | SINGle | BUS | EXTernal | EAUTo AUTO|IMMediate The trigger is free-running, i.e. the trigger condition is fulfilled continuously. As soon as one sweep is finished, the next sweep is started.
  • Page 862 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A TRIGger Subsystem Parameters: <Source> AUTO | IMMediate | SINGle | BUS | EXTernal | EAUTo AUTO|IMMediate The trigger is free-running, i.e. the trigger condition is fulfilled continuously. As soon as one sweep is finished, the next sweep is started.
  • Page 863 ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A TRIGger Subsystem The names of the parameters correspond directly to the various settings under manual control. SCPI uses other names for the parameters; these names are also accepted by the instrument. The SCPI names should be used if compatibility is an important consid- eration.

  • Page 864: Unit Subsystem

    ® Remote Control Commands R&S SMBV100A UNIT Subsystem Manual operation: " Execute Single Sweep - Frequency Sweep " on page 279 :TRIGger<hw>[:IMMediate] The command immediately starts the activated sweep. The command performs a single sweep and therefore applies to sweep mode AUTO with sweep source SINGle.

  • Page 865: Maintenance

    ® Maintenance R&S SMBV100A Cleaning 8 Maintenance The instrument does not need periodic maintenance. Only the cleaning of the instru- ment is essential. Follow the instructions in the service manual and the safety instructions when exchanging modules or ordering spares. The order no. for spare parts is included in the service manual.

  • Page 866: Storing And Packing

    ® Maintenance R&S SMBV100A Storing and Packing Instrument damage caused by cleaning agents Cleaning agents contain substances such as solvents (thinners, acetone, etc.), acids, bases, or other substances. Solvents can damage the front panel labeling, plastic parts, or screens, for example.

  • Page 867: Status Information, Error Messages And Troubleshooting

    ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMBV100A Status Information 9 Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting The R&S SMBV distinguishes between a variety of different messages such as status messages, error messages, warnings, or information that are displayed in the "Info"...
  • Page 868 ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMBV100A Status Information The frequency entered and displayed in the "Frequency" field takes any set frequency offset into consideration, e.g. an offset set for a downstream instrument. This means that with a frequency offset the frequency displayed in the header does not correspond to the frequency at the RF output, but rather to the frequency at the output of the down- stream instrument.

  • Page 869: Status Information Displayed To The Left Of The Info Line

    ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMBV100A Status Information 9.1.2 Status information displayed to the left of the Info line This section gives an overview of the status messages displayed to the left of the Info line. REMOTE Indicates that the instrument is in remote control mode.

  • Page 870: Error Messages

    ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMBV100A Error Messages ALC On / Auto / S&H The status of the automatic level control is indicated: ● automatic level control permanently on ● Auto automatic level control is automatically adapted to the operating states ●...

  • Page 871: Volatile Messages

    ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMBV100A Device-Specific Error Messages 9.2.1 Volatile messages Volatile messages report automatic settings in the instrument (e.g. switching off of incompatible types of modulation) or on illegal entries that are not accepted by the instrument (e.g.
  • Page 872 ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMBV100A Device-Specific Error Messages Error Error Description Remedy Code ● Check the selected refer- Extern reference out of External reference is selected but no ence signal source (internal range or disconnected external signal is applied or the signal or external) in the "Setup >...

  • Page 873: Resolving Network Connection Failures

    ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMBV100A Resolving Network Connection Failures Error Error Description Remedy Code Unknown list type The list type selected is not valid for Check the selected list type. specified the required operation. For instance, the file extension for waveform list files is *.wv.

  • Page 874: Obtaining Technical Support

    ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMBV100A Obtaining Technical Support Possible solutions Risk of network failure Consult your network administrator before performing the following tasks: ● Connecting the instrument to the network ● Configuring the network ● Changing IP addresses ●...
  • Page 875 ® Status Information, Error Messages and Troubleshooting R&S SMBV100A Obtaining Technical Support To collect error information ► Collect the error information and attach it to an email in which you describe the problem. Send the email to the customer support address for your region as listed on the Internet (http://www.customersupport.rohde-schwarz.com).

  • Page 876: Annex

    ® Hardware Interfaces R&S SMBV100A GPIB Bus Interface Annex A Hardware Interfaces This section covers hardware related topics, like pin assignment of the GPIB bus inter- face, monitor and AUX I/O connectors. The remote control interfaces are described in detailes in the Operating Manual, sec- tion "Remote Control Basics".
  • Page 877 ® Hardware Interfaces R&S SMBV100A GPIB Bus Interface SRQ (Service Request): active LOW enables the connected device to send a ser- vice request to the controller. REN (Remote Enable): active LOW permits switchover to remote control. EOI (End or Identify): has two functions in connection with ATN: –...

  • Page 878: List Of Commands

    ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A List of Commands :BERT:RESult?.............................. 535 :BERT:SEQuence............................536 :BERT:SETup:CLOCk[:POLarity]........................537 :BERT:SETup:DATA:CONNector........................538 :BERT:SETup:DATA[:POLarity]........................538 :BERT:SETup:DENable..........................539 :BERT:SETup:IGNore............................539 :BERT:SETup:MCOunt..........................540 :BERT:SETup:MERRor..........................540 :BERT:SETup:RESTart[:STATe]........................541 :BERT:SETup:TIMeout..........................542 :BERT:SETup:TYPE............................541 :BERT:STARt..............................542 :BERT:STATe..............................542 :BERT:STOP..............................543 :BERT:UNIT..............................543 :BERT|BLER:LOAD............................533 :BERT|BLER:PRESet............................ 533 :BERT|BLER:STORe............................. 534 :BLER:RESult?.............................. 534 :BLER:SEQuence............................536 :BLER:SETup:CLOCk[:POLarity]........................537...
  • Page 879 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A :CLOCk:INPut:SLOPe............................549 :DEVice:PRESet............................509 :DIAGnostic:INFO:OTIMe?..........................551 :DIAGnostic:INFO:POCount?........................551 :DIAGnostic<hw>:BGINfo:CATalog?......................550 :DIAGnostic<hw>:BGINfo?..........................550 :DISPlay:ANNotation:AMPLitude........................551 :DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency.........................552 :DISPlay:ANNotation[:ALL]..........................552 :DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe..........................552 :DISPlay:DIALog:CLOSe:ALL........................552 :DISPlay:DIALog:ID?............................. 553 :DISPlay:DIALog:OPEN..........................553 :DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff..........................553 :DISPlay:PSAVe[:STATe]..........................553 :DISPlay:UPDate............................554 :FORMat:BORDer............................554 :FORMat:SREGister............................555 :FORMat[:DATA]............................555 :HCOPy:DATA?............................. 557 :HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage..........................558 :HCOPy:FILE[:NAME]............................558...
  • Page 880 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A :MMEMory:MDIRectory..........................574 :MMEMory:MOVE............................574 :MMEMory:MSIS............................574 :MMEMory:RDIRectory..........................574 :MMEMory:STORe:STATe..........................575 :OUTPut<hw>:AFIXed:RANGe:LOWer?....................... 575 :OUTPut<hw>:AFIXed:RANGe:UPPer?......................576 :OUTPut<hw>:AMODe..........................576 :OUTPut<hw>:IMPedance?...........................577 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:CLEar........................ 577 :OUTPut<hw>:PROTection:TRIPped?......................577 :OUTPut<hw>[:STATe]..........................578 :OUTPut<hw>[:STATe]:PON......................... 578 :READ<ch>[:POWer]?........................... 580 :SENSe<ch>:UNIT[:POWer].......................... 588 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:APERture:DEFault:STATe..................579 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:APERture:TIMe......................579 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:CORRection:SPDevice:LIST?...................581 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:CORRection:SPDevice:SELect.................581 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:CORRection:SPDevice:STATe................. 581 :SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:DISPlay:PERManent:PRIority...................
  • Page 881 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A :SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip:RESource?....................832 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress.....................830 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:IPADdress:MODE................. 829 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:MACaddress..................830 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:RESource?....................831 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:RESTart....................831 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork:STATus?....................831 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:COMMon]:DOMain................828 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:COMMon]:HOSTname.................828 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:COMMon]:WORKgroup............... 829 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:IPADdress]:DNS.................. 829 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:IPADdress]:GATeway................830 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:NETWork[:IPADdress]:SUBNet:MASK..............830 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD......................832 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity......................833 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:RESource?....................832 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs......................833 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:RESource?....................833 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:RESource?....................832 :SYSTem:DATE.............................837 :SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate..........................837 :SYSTem:DLOCk............................826 :SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?..........................822 :SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL?........................
  • Page 882 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A :SYSTem:SHUTdown............................ 837 :SYSTem:STARtup:COMPlete?........................837 :SYSTem:TIME..............................838 :SYSTem:TIME:ZONE........................... 838 :SYSTem:TIME:ZONE:CATalog?........................838 :SYSTem:ULOCk............................826 :SYSTem:VERSion?............................839 :SYSTem:WAIT..............................839 :TEST:BB:DATA:ERRor:RATE........................841 :TEST:BB:DATA:FREQuency........................841 :TEST:BB:DATA:OFFTime..........................842 :TEST:BB:DATA:ONTime..........................842 :TEST:BB:DATA:RDELay..........................842 :TEST:BB:DATA:STATe..........................842 :TEST:BB:DATA:TRIGger[:MODE]........................842 :TEST:BB:DATA:TYPE..........................843 :TEST:EIQMode.............................841 :TEST<hw>:ALL:RESult?..........................840 :TEST<hw>:ALL:STARt..........................840 :TEST<hw>:DIRect............................841 :TRIGger:BERT[:IMMediate]..........................544 :TRIGger:BLER[:IMMediate]..........................544 :TRIGger<hw>:FSWeep:SOURce......................... 844 :TRIGger<hw>:FSWeep[:IMMediate]......................844...
  • Page 883 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A [:SOURce]:LFOutput:SHAPe.........................766 [:SOURce]:LFOutput:SIMPedance........................ 767 [:SOURce]:LFOutput:VOLTage........................767 [:SOURce]:LFOutput[:STATe]........................761 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:FREQuency..................... 804 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:RFOFf[:STATe]..................804 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:EXTernal:SBANdwidth.....................804 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:SOURce........................806 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator[:INTernal]:ADJust:VALue..................805 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator[:INTernal]:ADJust[:STATe]..................805 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:EXTernal:COUPling......................590 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:SENSitivity?........................590 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:SOURce........................591 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM:STATe.......................... 591 [:SOURce<hw>]:AM[:DEPTh]........................589 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:BRATe........................592 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:BWIDth........................592 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:BWIDth:NOISe?......................593 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:BWIDth:RATio......................593 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:CNRatio........................593 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:DISP:MODE......................594 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:ENRatio........................594 [:SOURce<hw>]:AWGN:FREQuency:RESult?....................
  • Page 884 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLIPping:CFACtor............... 623 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLIPping:CUToff................624 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLIPping[:STATe]................ 624 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLOad..................625 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CLOCk?..................625 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:CREate..................626 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:DELay:STEP............626 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:DELay[:STARt]............ 627 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:EXECute..............627 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:FILE..............627 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:PHASe:STEP............628 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:PHASe[:STARt]........... 628 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:POWer:STEP............628 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:POWer[:STARt]........... 629 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:STARt..............629 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:STATe..............630 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:EDIT:CARRier:STOP..............629 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:OFILe................... 630 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:POWer:REFerence..............622 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:MCARrier:PRESet..................
  • Page 885 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger[:EXTernal<1|2>]:RDELay?............609 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TRIGger[:EXTernal<1|2>]:TDELay...............609 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:CREate..................615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:CREate:NAMed...............615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:I....................615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:CIQ:Q..................... 615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:AMPLitude..............616 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:CREate............... 615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:CREate:NAMed............615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:FREQuency..............616 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:OFFSet............... 616 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:RECTangle:SAMPles..............617 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:SINE:CREate..................615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:SINE:CREate:NAMed..............615 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:SINE:FREQuency................617 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:SINE:PHASe.................. 617 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:TSIGnal:SINE:SAMPles................618 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CATalog:LENGth?..............634 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CATalog?................... 633 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:CLOCk..................634 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:DATA..................635 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:DELete..................636 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:ARBitrary:WAVeform:FREE?..................636...
  • Page 886 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:AQPSk:ANGLe....................... 667 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:ASK:DEPTh......................668 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:CATalog?......................675 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:COPY......................676 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:DATA......................677 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:DELete......................678 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:FREE?......................675 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:POINts?......................678 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:SELect......................678 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLISt:TAG?......................676 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLOCk:MODE......................652 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLOCk:MULTiplier....................652 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLOCk:SOURce.....................653 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLOCk:SYNChronization:EXECute............... 654 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CLOCk:SYNChronization:MODE................653 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:CODing........................668 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:CATalog?......................675 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:COPY......................676 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DATA......................679 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DATA:APPend....................680 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:DELete......................680 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:DLISt:FREE?......................
  • Page 887 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:MLISt:DELete......................682 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:MLISt:FREE?......................675 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:MLISt:POINts?......................683 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:MLISt:SELect......................683 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PATTern......................... 648 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:ATTenuation....................671 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:BBONly[:STATe]..................671 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:FDELay..................... 672 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:RDELay.....................672 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:SHAPe...................... 672 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:SOURce....................673 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp:TIME......................673 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRAMp[:STATe]..................... 673 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRBS[:LENGth]...................... 649 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:PRESet........................649 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SETTing:CATalog?....................683 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SETTing:DELete.....................684 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SETTing:LOAD.......................684 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SETTing:STORe.....................684 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SETTing:STORe:FAST..................685 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SOURce......................... 649 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:SRATe........................650 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:STANdard.......................650 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:STANdard:ULISt:CATalog?..................685...
  • Page 888 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM:TRIGger[:EXTernal<ch>]:INHibit................660 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:DM[:TRIGger]:SEQuence..................... 661 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:FOFFset........................600 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:MODE......................686 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:SMARt:STATe..................... 687 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:SRATe:MODE..................... 687 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:SRATe:USER....................688 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:STATe......................688 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:GRAPhics:TRIGger:SOURce..................688 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:DELay......................689 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:IQRatio[:MAGNitude]................. 690 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:LEAKage:I....................690 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:LEAKage:Q....................690 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:OPTimization:MODE................. 692 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:OPTimization:STATe................. 692 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:QUADrature[:ANGLe]................691 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:SKEW......................691 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:IMPairment:STATe......................692 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:COUNt....................694 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:LIST:PHASe..................694 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:CARRier:LIST:POWer..................
  • Page 889 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut:DELay:FIXed............... 709 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay................709 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MAXimum?............709 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:DELay:MINimum?............710 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:MODE................710 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:OFFTime..............711 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:ONTime............... 711 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PATTern..............711 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:DIVider............712 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:OUTPut<ch>:PULSe:FREQuency?...........712 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:RMODe?....................705 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:SLENgth.................... 706 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger:SOURce.....................706 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger[:EXTernal<ch>]:DELay..............706 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW:TRIGger[:EXTernal<ch>]:INHibit..............707 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:MCCW[:TRIGger]:SEQuence..................707 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:POFFset........................600 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer:ARBitrary:MCARrier?..............716 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer:ARBitrary:WSEGment?............... 716 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer:DM:FILTer?................. 716 [:SOURce<hw>]:BB:PROGress:MCODer?....................716...
  • Page 890 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:DEXChange:SELect..................729 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:VALue?......................730 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection:ZERoing:STATe.....................730 [:SOURce<hw>]:CORRection[:STATe]......................730 [:SOURce<hw>]:DM:FILTer:PARameter....................... 667 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:EXTernal:COUPling......................731 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:EXTernal:DEViation......................732 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:INTernal:DEViation....................... 732 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:MODE........................... 732 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:SENSitivity?........................733 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:SOURce........................733 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM:STATe...........................734 [:SOURce<hw>]:FM[:DEViation]........................731 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:CENTer......................735 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:LOSCillator:MODE..................736 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:LOSCillator:OUTPut:STATe................736 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MANual......................737 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MODE......................738 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:MULTiplier...................... 739 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:OFFSet......................739 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:SPAN......................739 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STARt......................740 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STEP:MODE....................742 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STEP[:INCRement]..................741 [:SOURce<hw>]:FREQuency:STOP......................740...
  • Page 891 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:OFFSet:I..................750 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:OFFSet:Q..................750 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:POWer:DATTenuation..............752 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:POWer:PEP:RESult?...............751 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:OUTPut[:ANALog]:TYPE....................752 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:SOURce......................... 748 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:STATe..........................748 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:SWAP[:STATe]......................748 [:SOURce<hw>]:IQ:WBSTate........................749 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:MANual...................759 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:MODE.....................759 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:STARt.....................760 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:FREQuency:STOP....................760 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:DWELl................761 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:EXECute................. 761 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:MODE................762 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:POINts................762 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:RETRace.................763 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:RUNNing?............... 764 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SHAPe................764 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SPACing................764 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP:LOGarithmic............766 [:SOURce<hw>]:LFOutput:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP[:LINear]..............765 [:SOURce<hw>]:LIST:CATalog?........................
  • Page 892 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A [:SOURce<hw>]:PGENerator:STATe......................781 [:SOURce<hw>]:PHASe..........................781 [:SOURce<hw>]:PHASe:REFerence......................782 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:EXTernal:COUPling......................782 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:EXTernal:DEViation......................783 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:INTernal:DEViation.......................783 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:MODE...........................784 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:SENSitivity?........................784 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:SOURce........................784 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM:STATe.......................... 785 [:SOURce<hw>]:PM[:DEViation]........................782 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC:OMODe......................786 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC:SONCe......................786 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ALC[:STATe]......................787 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:ATTenuation:RFOFf:MODE................... 787 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:EMF:STATe......................788 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:LIMit[:AMPLitude]....................789 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:LMODe........................790 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:MANual........................790 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:MODE........................791 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:PEP?........................792 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:POWer........................792 [:SOURce<hw>]:POWer:SPC:CRANge......................792...
  • Page 893 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:DATTenuator:STATe................813 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:DWELl.......................813 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:EXECute....................813 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:MODE....................... 814 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:POINts...................... 814 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:RETRace....................815 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:RUNNing?....................815 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:SHAPe...................... 815 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:SPACing:MODE?..................816 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:POWer:STEP[:LOGarithmic]................. 816 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep:RESet[:ALL]......................817 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:DWELl..................... 807 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:EXECute..................808 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:MODE..................... 808 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:POINts.....................809 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:RETRace..................810 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:RUNNing?..................810 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SHAPe.................... 810 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:SPACing..................811 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP:LOGarithmic................812 [:SOURce<hw>]:SWEep[:FREQuency]:STEP[:LINear]................. 811 {[TRACE] LIST [#]: Pos0:State0;...
  • Page 894 ® List of Commands R&S SMBV100A *OPC................................506 *OPT?................................506 *PRE................................507 *PSC................................507 *RCL................................507 *RST................................507 *SAV................................508 *SRE................................508 *STB?................................508 *TRG................................508 *TST?................................509 *WAI................................509 SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SNUMber?........................586 SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:STATus[:DEVice]?..................... 587 SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:SVERsion?.........................587 SENSe<ch>[:POWer]:TYPE?........................588 Operating Manual 1176.8016.02 ─ 17...

  • Page 895: Index

    ® Index R&S SMBV100A Index Symbols Adjustments All ................121 *OPC ................493 ALC (automatic level control) ........226, 786 *OPC? ................493 ALC Auto ................. 855 *RST ................502 ALC On ..............226, 855 *WAI ................493 ALC S&H ................. 855 /var directory ..............
  • Page 896 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Auto once Data polarity .............. 193 Power Sensors ............247 Errors ................ 189 Auto Once - Power Sensors ..........584 External restart ............193 Auto-negotiation General Settings ............189 see Autonegotiation ............ 44 Impedance ..............195 Autonegotiation Max data bits ............
  • Page 897 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Clock Source ..........402, 449, 603 DM ................378 Carrier + Interferer PEP ..........315 Closed loop power control Carrier + Interferer Power ..........315 see NRP-Z level control ..........228 Carrier + Noise PEP ............315 CLPC Carrier + Noise Power .............
  • Page 898 ® Index R&S SMBV100A INSTR TRIG ............... 31 Current Sensors .............. 129 LAN ................30 Cursor keys ............... 27 LF ................32 Cursor Length ..............367 LO IN ................. 31 Cursor Position ..............368 LO OUT ..............31 Cut ...................167 MARKER 1, 2 .............
  • Page 899 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Delete ..............414, 421 Delete instrument settings ........168, 573 LF Level display ............263 Delete temporary files ............. 131 EMF - Level display ............226 Delta Phase ..............213 EMI suppression ............... 33 Desired Crest Factor - MCCW ........440...
  • Page 900 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Execute Single Sweep Flat RF signal Level Sweep ............. 286 Optimisation mode high quality ......... 307 Execute Single Sweep - LF Sweep ......... 266 Floating licenses ............. 124 Execute Trigger ....... 362, 388, 391, 446, 605 FM deviation ..............
  • Page 901 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Global Trigger/Clock/External Input Settings ....139 Impedance Goto local Bit error rate .............. 195 Remote channel settings .......... 144 Block error rate ............201 GPIB ................144 External input ..........253, 256, 259 bus address .............. 143 Impedance Clock Input ...........
  • Page 902 ® Index R&S SMBV100A INFO ................22 Level Attenuation INSERT ............... 26 DM ................371 LEVEL ................. 24 Level control ............226, 786 LOCAL ................ 21 Level display ..............82 MENU ................. 25 Level display EMF ............226 MOD ON/OFF ............. 24, 249 Level display EMF (LF) ...........
  • Page 903 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Instrument responses ..........461 Browser interface ............54 Interface ..............460 Browser settings ............54 MIN .................. 487 Configuration .............. 53 Minimum Noise/System Bandwidth Ratio - AWGN ..310 LAN configuration ............56 Mnemonics ..............483 Ping ................
  • Page 904 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Network folder Offset ................300 Map network share ........... 169 RF signal ..............211 Network settings .............. 136 Offset - I/Q out ..............319 Address mode ............138 Offset - Level ..............223 Default gateway ............139 Offset DC ................
  • Page 905 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Overload Hold - Basisband In ......... 719 Point-to-point connection ..........43 Oversampling ..............664 Polarity DM ................361 Pulse Modulation ............261 Oversampling Auto State ..........665 Power Oversampling factor ............382 List Mode ..............292 Power - AWGN ..............
  • Page 906 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Double pulse width ........... 271 Reference frequency External impedance ..........275 External ..............216 Mode ................. 270 Reference Mode - AWGN ..........312 Period ............... 270 Reference oscillator ............213 Settings ..............269 Adjustment active ............. 216 Signal valid as pulse sync .........
  • Page 907 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Restart signal connector ..........202 Serial interface ............143 Result Stop bits ..............144 Bit error rate .............. 189 Run Update ..............129 Block error rate ............197 Running ..............391, 445 Resulting CW Frequency - AWGN ........311 DM ................
  • Page 908 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Security Settings Setup Security Password ............ 153 Accept security settings ..........153 USB storage ............. 151 Annotation amplitude (security) ........ 151 User Name ..............149 Annotation frequency (security) ........ 151 Volatile Mode ............151 BER/BLER test generator ........203 Segment # ...............
  • Page 909 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Spacing status messages Level Sweep ............. 287 FREQ OFFSET ............852 Spacing - LF Sweep ............267 MOD OFF ..............852 Spacing - RF Sweep ............280 OVERLOAD .............. 853 Span (RF sweep) ............280 RF OFF ..............852 SPD .................
  • Page 910 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Start Level ..............286 Terminated by Stop Level ..............286 Bit error rate .............. 190 Trigger .............. 279, 286 Block error rate ............197 use digital attenuation ........286, 813 Test Sweep - Center frequency ..........280 Check front panel ............
  • Page 911 ® Index R&S SMBV100A Triggering Multi segment waveform ........... 410 Segment ..............410 Value - User Correction ........... 233 Triggering sweep manually ..........286 Variable FSK Deviation ..............359 Troubleshooting .............. 852 TS-USB1 Variation Active ............... 212 Variation step ..............212 USB adapter .............

This manual is also suitable for:

R&s smbv100a1407.6004k02

Table of Contents

Save PDF